HP-LASERJET-COMMON-MIB: View SNMP OID List / Download MIB

VENDOR: HEWLETT-PACKARD


 Home MIB: HP-LASERJET-COMMON-MIB
Download as:   

Download standard MIB format if you are planning to load a MIB file into some system (OS, Zabbix, PRTG ...) or view it with a MIB browser. CSV is more suitable for analyzing and viewing OID' and other MIB objects in excel. JSON and YAML formats are usually used in programing even though some systems can use MIB in YAML format (like Logstash).
Keep in mind that standard MIB files can be successfully loaded by systems and programs only if all the required MIB's from the "Imports" section are already loaded.
The tree-like SNMP object navigator requires no explanations because it is very simple to use. And if you stumbled on this MIB from Google note that you can always go back to the home page if you need to perform another MIB or OID lookup.


Object Name OID Type Access Info
 hp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11
       nm 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2
           hpsystem 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3
               net-peripheral 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9
                   net-printer 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1
                       generalDeviceStatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1
                           gdStatusBytes 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.1
The number of valid bytes in the gdStatusEntry array.
                           gdStatusEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2
                               gdStatusLineState 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.1
This describes the line state of the peripheral. When non-zero, the peripheral is off-line. When zero the peripheral is on-line.
                               gdStatusPaperState 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.2
This describes the state of the paper on the peripheral. When non-zero, the peripheral has a paper problem. When zero, the peripheral does not have a paper problem.
                               gdStatusInterventionState 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.3
This describes the intervention state of the peripheral. When non-zero, the peripheral requires human intervention to continue working. When zero, it requires no assistance.
                               gdStatusNewMode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.4
This indicates to which read channel state the card should move. When non-zero, the card should indicate that the read channel is idle. When zero, the card should indicate that the read channel is operating. This object is Lan Manager io channel specific. It is kept here for backward compatibility. Starting with firmware release X.20.06 and subsequent releases, this object is obsolete as it provides no relevant data for the new hardware architecture. No current supported applications use this object.
                               gdStatusConnectionTerminationAck 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.5
This indicates whether the peripheral is waiting for the Connection termination ACK. When non-zero, it is waiting. When zero, it is not waiting.
                               gdStatusPeripheralError 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.6
This is the error code from the peripheral.
                               gdStatusPaperOut 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.8
This indicates that the peripheral is out of paper. off (0), paper-out-or-paper-mount (1), manual-paper-feed-needed (2) For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusPaperJam 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.9
This indicates that the peripheral has a paper jam. off (0), paper-jam(1) For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusTonerLow 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.10
This indicates that the peripheral has a low toner condition. off (0), toner-low (1), no-toner-cartridge (2) For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusPagePunt 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.11
This indicates that the peripheral did not receive data fast enough to keep up with the print engine when generating a page. For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusMemoryOut 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.12
This indicates that the peripheral did not have enough memory to render an image on a page. For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusIoActive 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.13
This indicates that the peripheral is processing data from this I/O interface card. For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0). For X.20.06 firmware and later firmware releases, this object is not relevant. In order not to break legacy applications which call this object in multi-varbind requests, this value is always zero (0).
                               gdStatusBusy 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.14
This indicates that the peripheral is busy processing print/plot data. For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusWait 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.15
This indicates that the peripheral is waiting for print/plot data to process. For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusInitialize 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.16
This indicates that the peripheral is initializing or warming up. off (0), initializing (1), warm-up(2) For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusDoorOpen 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.17
This indicates that the peripheral cover or door is open. For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusPrinting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.18
This indicates that the peripheral is printing or otherwise marking or moving paper. off (0), ordinary-page (1), test-fonts-config-or-start-page (2) For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusPaperOutput 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.19
This indicates that the peripheral has a paper output problem such as the output storage bin being full. off (0), output-storage-full (1) For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this value is always a zero (0).
                               gdStatusReserved 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.20
This is the reserved area that is not currently used, but will allow for growth within the gdStatusEntry table.
                               gdStatusNovBusy 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.21
This indicates if this channel is active. If the value is 0 then this channel is active or the peripheral is idle. If this value is non-zero then another channel is active. This is the Novell io channel
                               gdStatusLlcBusy 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.22
This indicates if this channel is active. If the value is 0 then this channel is active or the peripheral is idle. If this value is non-zero then another channel is active. This is the LLC io channel
                               gdStatusTcpBusy 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.23
This indicates if this channel is active. If the value is 0 then this channel is active or the peripheral is idle. If this value is non-zero then another channel is active. This is the TCP io channel
                               gdStatusAtBusy 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.2.24
This indicates if this channel is active. If the value is 0 then this channel is active or the peripheral is idle. If this value is non-zero then another channel is active. This is the Apple talk io channel
                           gdStatusDisplay 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.3
The string diplayed on the peripheral front panel. For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this is always a zero length string.
                           gdStatusJobName 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.4
The current job name set by the peripheral. For some peripherals, such as the HP LaserJet IIISi printer or HP DesignJet plotter, this is always a zero length string.
                           gdStatusSource 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.5
A string indicating the name of the physical port or protocol the printer is currently getting data from.
                           gdStatusPapstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.6
A string indicating the Appletalk papstatus response.
                           gdStatusId 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.7
A formatted string describing this peripheral.
                           gdStatusDisplayCode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.8
This is the display code that the peripheral uses to tell the card what type of display the front panel of the printer is. Starting with firmware release X.20.06 and subsequent releases, this object is obsolete as it provides no relevant data for the new hardware architecture. No current supported applications use this object.
                           gdStatusNlsCode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.9
This value is the representation of what native language the printer is in currently.
                           gdStatusJobTimeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.10
This value represents (in seconds) the maximum time of inactivity which must elapse before the JetDirect card switches from the current network protocol to another when a normal end of job is not detected.
                           gdStatusPjlUstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.11
This object will enable/disable PJL ustatus. disabled (0), enabled (1)
                           gdStatusLaaSupport 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.12
This value represents what protocols Locally Administered addressing is supported over. This is currently 0 for 802.3 cards and 7 for 802.5 cards. LAA is not supported on 802.3. The value is a mask of bits, 1 for each of the protocols below. +-----------------------------------------------+ | NA | NA | NA | NA | NA | TCP | LLC | NOV | +-----------------------------------------------+
                           gdPasswords 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.13
This object is used as a 256 byte NVRAM area for JetAdmin. It is completely managed by JetAdmin. Initially it is initialized to all zeros. A coldboot will re-initialize to all zeros.
                           gdStatusAtPrinterName 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.18
The AppleTalk name of the printer.
                           gdStatusAtPrinterType 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.1.19
The AppleTalk type of the printer.
                       netPrinterType 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.2
                   netdm 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4
                       dm 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2
                           device 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1
                               system 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1
                                   settings-system 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1
                                       energy-star 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.1
Returns or changes the Energy Star sleep value. If the value is greater than zero, then the device will go into energy saving sleep mode after the print engine has been idle for the number of seconds specified by this object. A value of zero means Energy Star is disabled and the device will not go to sleep based on print engine idle time. The value must be non-negative. Additional information: Returns or changes the Energy Star sleep value. The device will go into energy saving sleep mode after the print engine has been idle for the number of seconds specified by this object. LaserJet 4050 Series supports values of 0, 900, 1800, 3600, 7200, and 10800. A value of 0 means never go to sleep based on print engine idle time. Setting to an unsupported value causes the printer to substitute a value (listed below) and to return <noError> status. The values are as follow: <=0 snap to 0 >=1 and <=1349 snap to 900 (15 minutes) >=1350 and <=2699 snap to 1800 (30 minutes) >=2700 and <=5399 snap to 3600 (1 hour) >=5400 and <=8999 snap to 7200 (2 hours) >=9000 snap to 10800 (3 hours)
                                       sleep-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.2
Returns eTrue if the device is in energy saving sleep mode, otherwise returns eFalse. Setting SLEEP-MODE to eFalse causes the device to wake up, if it is in sleep mode. Setting SLEEP-MODE to eTrue causes the device to go into sleep mode. Additional information: This object returns eTrue if the device is in energy saving sleep mode, otherwise it returns eFalse. Setting this object to eTrue while the printer is awake will not change the printers current state and will return <genErr> status. NOTE: This object should behave this way when the printer does not have an instant-on fuser. Setting this object to eTrue while printer is already in Sleep Mode will not change the printers current state and will return <noError> status. Setting this object to eFalse while printer is already awake will not change the printers current state and will return <noError> status. Setting this object to eFalse while the printer is asleep causes the device to wake up.
                                       control-panel-lock 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.8
Device control panel lock. A value of eDisabled means the control panel is unlocked and the devices configuration can be modified from the control panel. A value of eEnabled means the control panel is locked, thus the devices configuration cannot be modified from the control panel.
                                       service-password 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.9
When set to the password value, other service related objects become visible (i.e readable) and/or become writable. When written with any other value, the service related objects become hidden (i.e. are no longer readable) and/or are not longer writable. The objects that can be effected by the SERVICE-PASSWORD object include: SERIAL-NUMBER and TOTAL-ENGINE-PAGE- COUNT. The password value, and the list of objects effected by the SERVICE-PASSWORD being set to the correct value, should be documented in the device POS. Additional information: The objects that can be effected by the SERVICE- PASSWORD are: SCANNER-JAM-PAGE-COUNT, SCANNER-ADF-PAGE -COUNT, SCAN-ADF-PAGE-COUNT, SCANNER-RETRIEVE-SCANLINE, SCANNER-MOTOR-CONTROL, COPIER-ADF-PAGE-COUNT, COPIER- PRINT-PAGE-COUNT, TOTAL-ENGINE-PAGE-COUNT, PRINT-ENGINE- JAM-COUNT, PRINT-ENGINE-MISPICK-COUNT
                                       device-cfg-download 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.11
Handshaking mechanism between host and device to coordinate the download of device specific data. eCfgDownloadIdle - indicates device configuration download activity is not occurring. Device powers up in this state but will otherwise never transition to this state. This state is host settable from eCfgDownloadActive, eCfgDownloadDone, and eCfgDownloadAborted. Host setting to eCfgDownloadIdle while object is in eCfgDownloadActive will cause the download activity to be prematurely terminated. Host setting to this state resets the object to permit another download activity to be initiated. eCfgDownloadStart - indicates host wishes to commence a device configuration download activity. This state is only host settable from eCfgDownloadIdle. Only the device can transition this object from this state to eCfgDownloadActive or eCfgDownloadAborted. Device will not set to this state. eCfgDownloadActive - indicates download activity is in progress. Device transitions object to this state only from eCfgDownloadStart, to signal data download can commence. The device can transition from this state to eCfgDownloadDone or eCfgDownloadAborted. The host can transition from this state to eCfgDownloadIdle. This state is not host settable. eCfgDownloadAborted - indicates the download activity was terminated by the device. Only the device can set to this state from eCfgDownloadStart or eCfgDownloadActive. Only the host can transition from this state to eCfgDownloadIdle. This state is not host settable. eCfgDownloadDone - indicates device has completely received the download data. Device transitions to this state only from eCfgDownloadActive. Only the host can transition from this state to eCfgDownloadIdle. This state is not host settable.
                                       device-cfg-download-data-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.12
Indicates the type of device specific data to be downloaded.
                                       device-cfg-upload 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.13
Handshaking mechanism between host and device to coordinate the upload of device specific data. eCfgUploadIdle - indicates device configuration upload activity is not occurring. Device powers up in this state but will otherwise never transition to this state. This state is host settable from eCfgUploadActive, eCfgUploadDone, and eCfgUploadAborted. Host setting to eCfgUploadIdle while object is in eCfgUploadActive will cause the upload activity to be prematurely terminated. Host setting to this state resets the object allowing a new upload to be initiated. eCfgUploadStart - indicates host wishes to commence a device configuration upload activity. This state is only host settable from eCfgUploadIdle. Only the device can transition this object from this state to eCfgUploadActive or eCfgUploadAborted. Device will not set to this state. eCfgUploadActive - indicates upload activity is in progress. Device transitions object to this state only from eCfgUploadStart, to signal data upload can commence. The device can transition from this state to eCfgUploadDone or eCfgUploadAborted. The host can transition from this state to eCfgUploadIdle. This state is not host settable. eCfgUploadAborted - indicates the upload activity was terminated by the device. Only the device can set to this state from eCfgUploadStart or eCfgUploadActive. Only the host can transition from this state to eCfgUploadIdle. This state is not host settable. eCfgUploadDone - indicates device completely transmitted the upload data. Device transitions to this state only from eCfgUploadActive. Only the host can transition from this state to eCfgUploadIdle. This state is not host settable.
                                       device-cfg-upload-data-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.14
Indicates the type of device specific data to be uploaded.
                                       download-timeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.17
Specifies the number of seconds that device will wait for data from the host before the device determines the host is being unresponsive. This timeout condition may cause the device to take recourse action regarding the disposition of the download activity. A value of zero indicates device will wait forever for the host data. POS should indicate whether this object value, when set by the host, is remembered between device power cycles. Additional information: This object is volatile and as such will not be retained by the device between power cycles.
                                       upload-timeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.18
Specifies the number of seconds that device will wait for response from the host after transmitting a unit of data before the device determines the host is being unresponsive. This timeout condition may cause the device to take recourse action regarding the disposition of the upload activity. A value of zero indicates device will wait forever for the host response. POS should indicate whether this object value, when set by the host, is remembered between device power cycles Additional information: This object is volatile and as such will not be retained by the device between power cycles.
                                       run-location 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.21
Returns or changes the location from which code executes. The object allows the user to pick a memory bank to run code from which is different than the default running code bank. A value of 0 means the code executes from the default code bank, which should be documented in the device POS. The list of supported values should be documented in the device POS. Setting to an unsupported value causes the device to return <badValue>. Additional information: Returns or changes the location from which code should be run. The object allows the user to pick a ram bank to run code from which is potentially faster than the onboard ROM. LaserJet 8100 Series and LaserJet 8000 Series support values of 0,4-9. A value of 0 means run code from default ROM device. Values other than 0 indicate a valid RAM bank of size >= 8MBs. Setting to an unsupported value causes the printer to leave the run location set to its previous value.
                                       date-display 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.22
Controls front-panel date display format.
                                       device-cfg-param-command 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.23
A C structure containing the following fields: typedef struct { u8bit list_id; s8bit auto_incr; u16bit max_index; u16bit rec_size; u16bit index; u8bit data[]; } PML_device_cfg_param_cmd_t; where u8bit is an unsigned byte (0..255), s8bit is a signed byte (-128..127), and u16bit is an big endian format unsigned short (0..65535). The POS should state which list_ids the device supports. Additional information: HP Laserjet 3200 supports two values for list_id: 0 for configuration parameters and 1 for default configuration parameters.
                                       copier-token 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.24
Provides an advisory locking mechanism for hosts to coordinate exclusive access to a copier device. Setting the object to a unique id will only succeed if the token is currently set to 0. The token is unlocked when it is set to 0. If the token is set to a any value other than 0, then token is locked. If the token was set to a unique id (locked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will fail. If the token was set to 0 (unlocked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will succeed in locking the token. A get operation on COPIER-TOKEN will return its current setting. The device does not prevent access to any objects. It is assumed that hosts will be well behaved; respecting this advisory locking mechanism by: 1) acquiring the lock before changing copier objects, and 2) releasing the lock when done changing copier objects. Additional information: Provides an advisory locking mechanism for hosts to coordinate exclusive access. Setting the object to a unique id will only succeed if the token is currently set to 0. The token is unlocked when it is set to 0. If the token is set to a any value other than 0, then token is locked. If the token was set to a unique id (locked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will fail. If the token was set to 0 (unlocked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will succeed in locking the token. A get operation on COPY-TOKEN will return its current setting. The device does not prevent access to any objects. It is assumed that hosts will be well behaved; respecting this advisory locking mechanism by: 1) acquiring the lock before changing copy objects, and 2) releasing the lock when done changing copy objects.
                                       fax-upload-token 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.26
Provides an advisory locking mechanism for hosts to coordinate exclusive access to the fax upload features of a device. Setting the object to a unique id will only succeed if the token is currently set to 0. The token is unlocked when it is set to 0. If the token is set to a any value other than 0, then token is locked. If the token was set to a unique id (locked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will fail. If the token was set to 0 (unlocked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will succeed in locking the token. A get operation on FAX-UPLOAD-TOKEN will return its current setting. The device does not prevent MAX-ACCESS to any objects. It is assumed that hosts will be well behaved; respecting this advisory locking mechanism by: 1) acquiring the lock before changing any fax-upload objects, and 2) releasing the lock when done changing scan objects. Additional information: Provides an advisory locking mechanism for hosts to coordinate exclusive access. Setting the object to a unique id will only succeed if the token is currently set to 0. The token is unlocked when it is set to 0. If the token is set to a any value other than 0, then token is locked. If the token was set to a unique id (locked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will fail. If the token was set to 0 (unlocked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will succeed in locking the token. A get operation on FAX-UPLOAD-TOKEN will return its current setting. The device does not prevent access to any objects. It is assumed that hosts will be well behaved; respecting this advisory locking mechanism by: 1) acquiring the lock before changing fax objects, and 2) releasing the lock when done changing fax objects.
                                       fax-download-token 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.27
Provides an advisory locking mechanism for hosts to coordinate exclusive access to the fax download features of a device. Setting the object to a unique id will only succeed if the token is currently set to 0. The token is unlocked when it is set to 0. If the token is set to a any value other than 0, then token is locked. If the token was set to a unique id (locked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will fail. If the token was set to 0 (unlocked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will succeed in locking the token. A get operation on FAX-DOWNLOAD-TOKEN will return its current setting. The device does not prevent MAX-ACCESS to any objects. It is assumed that hosts will be well behaved; respecting this advisory locking mechanism by: 1) acquiring the lock before changing any fax-download objects, and 2) releasing the lock when done changing scan objects. Additional information: Provides an advisory locking mechanism for hosts to coordinate exclusive access. Setting the object to a unique id will only succeed if the token is currently set to 0. The token is unlocked when it is set to 0. If the token is set to a any value other than 0, then token is locked. If the token was set to a unique id (locked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will fail. If the token was set to 0 (unlocked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will succeed in locking the token. A get operation on FAX-DOWNLOAD-TOKEN will return its current setting. The device does not prevent access to any objects. It is assumed that hosts will be well behaved; respecting this advisory locking mechanism by: 1) acquiring the lock before changing fax objects, and 2) releasing the lock when done changing fax objects.
                                       device-config-token 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.28
Provides an advisory locking mechanism for hosts to coordinate exclusive access to a specific device or subset of device capabilities. Setting the object to a unique id will only succeed if the token is currently set to 0. The token is unlocked when it is set to 0. If the token is set to a any value other than 0, then token is locked. If the token was set to a unique id (locked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will fail. If the token was set to 0 (unlocked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will succeed in locking the token. A get operation on DEVICE-CONFIG-TOKEN will return its current setting. The device does not prevent access to any objects. It is assumed that hosts will be well behaved; respecting this advisory locking mechanism by: 1) acquiring the lock before changing device config objects, and 2) releasing the lock when done changing device config objects. Additional information: Provides an advisory locking mechanism for hosts to coordinate exclusive access. Setting the object to a unique id will only succeed if the token is currently set to 0. The token is unlocked when it is set to 0. If the token is set to a any value other than 0, then token is locked. If the token was set to a unique id (locked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will fail. If the token was set to 0 (unlocked), then an attempt to set (lock) the token will succeed in locking the token. A get operation on CONFIG-TOKEN will return its current setting. The device does not prevent access to any objects. It is assumed that hosts will be well behaved; respecting this advisory locking mechanism by: 1) acquiring the lock before changing CONFIG objects, and 2) releasing the lock when done changing CONFIG objects.
                                       mono-color-switching-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.31
This object allows the user to view/change the color/mono switching mode for a device. Additional information: This object allows the user to view/change the color/mono switching mode for a device.
                                       device-configure 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32
                                             device-configure-print-engine-speed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32.5
Return or set the value of the print engine speed. Where eNormal is the default speed and with each eSlowDownN setting the printer gets progressively slower than the previous speed. Additional information: This object will only be registered once the PE_TEST_PASSWORD is set. This object is used to return or set the value for the engines print speed. This value is written to NVRAM and is persistant. eNormal = Normal engine speed. eSlowDown1 = Decreased engine speed.
                                             device-configure-duplexer-enabled 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32.8
Return or set the value for the duplexer installed. eEnabled = The duplexer is installed. eDisabled = The duplexer is not installed. Additional information: This object will only be registered once the PE_TEST_PASSWORD is set. This object is used to return or set the value controlling the duplexer This value is written to NVRAM and is persistant. eDisabled = Disabled Duplexer. eEnabled = Enabled Duplexer.
                                             device-configure-generic-language-prompt 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32.10
This object is used to determine whether to prompt the user to enter the appropriate language. Additional information: This object is used to determine whether to prompt the user to enter the appropriate language at boot.
                                             device-configure-generic-country-prompt 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32.11
This object is used to determine whether to prompt the user to enter the appropriate country at boot. Additional information: This object is used to determine whether to prompt the user to enter the appropriate country at boot.
                                             device-configure-generic-country 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32.16
Set the location configuration for the device. This affects parameters that vary per region like the default paper size, symbol set, supply reorder URL, and fax parameters if applicable.
                                             device-configure-secure-nvram-items 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32.17
This object is used to configure product settings that are stored in secure area of nvram. The object consists of a 16-bit variable in secure nvram. Bits 15-8 are product specific. Bits 7-0 are system specific. Additional information: This object is used to configure product settings that are stored in secure area of nvram. The object consists of a 16-bit variable in secure nvram. Bits 15-8 are product specific. Bits 7-0 are system specific.
                                             device-configure-cpe-feature 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32.18
This object allows CPE to enable specific bug fixes or enhancements in post-release products. Additional information: This object allows CPE to enable specific bug fixes or enhancements in post-release products.
                                             device-configure-custom-product-number 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32.19
This object allows manufacturing to change the product number to a pre-defined alternate after release. This feature will allow manufacturing to assign unique product numbers to custom product bundles when the device is unable to determine its product number in firmware. For example, A HP Color LaserJet CP1515n could be configured to display CP1516n to the customer. This product number must be defined prior to release. Additional information: This object allows manufacturing to change the product number to a pre-defined alternate after release. This feature will allow manufacturing to assign unique product numbers to custom product bundles when the device is unable to determine its product number in firmware. For example, A HP Color LaserJet CP1515n could be configured to display CP1516n to the customer. This product number must be defined prior to release.
                                             device-configure-preferred-boot-localization-language 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.32.20
Preferred localization language used by the device at boot up time. Setting this object will instruct the device to boot up in that language. Setting this language does not impact device generated PML strings, control panel messages, and text contained in any of the printer generated printed pages. The order of these languages is the same order that is defined for LOCALIZATION-LANGUAGE. Additional information: Preferred localization language used by the device at boot up time. Setting this object will instruct the device to boot up in that language. This will allow the device to NOT show the generic prompt on the CP display, since the device already knows the language.
                                       control-panel-button-press-delay 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.47
This object gives the number of seconds to wait before simulating the button press when CONTROL-PANEL-BUTTON-PRESS is next called. Additional information: This object gives the number of seconds to wait before simulating the button press when CONTROL-PANEL-BUTTON-PRESS is next called.
                                       low-power 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.49
Returns or changes the Auto Low Power sleep value. The device will go into energy saving Auto Low Power mode after the print engine has been idle for the number of seconds specified by this object. Frida supports values of 300 until 14400 seconds. If the value is invalid then it will return status of PML_Status_ErrUnsupValue and will not issue command to the engine. Additional information: Returns or changes the Auto Low Power sleep value. The device will go into energy saving Auto Low Power mode after the print engine has been idle for the number of seconds specified by this object. The product supports values of 0 (Off), 60 (1 minute), 900 (15 minutes), 1800 (30 minutes), 3600 (1 hour), and 7200 (2 hours). If the value is invalid then it will return a status of PML_ERROR_INVALID_OR_UNSUPPORTED_VALUE and will not issue a command to the engine.
                                       fuser-pressure-release 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.53
This object is used to disengage the pressure on the fuser to prevent roller marks on the fuser, which can occur when the pressure is engaged for long periods of time. Additional information: This object is used to disengage the pressure on the fuser to prevent roller marks on the fuser, which can occur when the pressure is engaged for long periods of time.
                                       control-panel-display-contrast 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.73
This object returns or sets the display contrast setting if the control panel has a display and it supports contrast adjustment. The setting Is stored in NVRAM, so the value is saved over power cycles. Additional information: This object returns or sets the display contrast setting if the control panel has a display and it supports contrast adjustment. The setting is stored in NVRAM, so the value is saved over power cycles.
                                       calibration-lowspeed-enable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.85
Enable or disable an optional low speed calibration. This calibration will allow the device to obtain accurate data for use with low speed print modes. Additional information: Enable or disable an optional low speed calibration. This calibration will allow the device to obtain accurate data for use with low speed print modes.
                                       start-engine-early-warmup 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.99
This PML object is used by HP SW drivers to signal the printer that a job is coming, and to start the warm-up process early.The effect of warming up early will reduce the First Page Out time. Additional information: This PML object is used by HP SW drivers to signal the printer that a job is coming, and to start the warm-up process early.The effect of warming up early will reduce the First Page Out time.
                                       enable-engine-early-warmup 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.1.101
This PML object is used by HP SW to enable/disable the printer to send the signal of warm-up process early to engine. The effect of warming up early will reduce the First Page Out time. Additional information: This PML object is used by HP SW to enable/disable the printer to send the signal of warm-up process early to engine. The effect of warming up early will reduce the First Page Out time.
                                   status-system 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2
                                       localization-language 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.1
Localization language used by the device for device generated PML strings, control panel messages, and text contained in any of the printer generated printed pages. The order is the same order that is defined in MIO. Since the MIO values start at zero, one has been added to each value.
                                       not-ready-printer 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.2
Indicates if any of the sub-systems in the printer are not ready. A sub-system is not ready if the sub-system is unable to perform its function until some sort of intervention occurs. If there are no items in the NOT- READY-PRINTER collection (i.e. no bits are set), then all printer sub- systems are ready. Each sub-system has a sub-system specific not ready object. If a sub-system specific not ready object contains any items, then the associated item will be in the NOT-READY collection.
                                       not-ready-controller 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.3
Indicates if the hardware controller sub-system in the device is not ready. If there are no items in the collection (i.e. no bits are set), then the hardware controller sub-system is ready. If there is an item present, then the item indicates what is causing the hardware controller sub-system to be not ready. If the cControllerFailure item is in the collection, then a hardware error was detected on the main controller PC board, sometimes called the formatter or the logic broad. Example controller hardware errors include DRAM controller failure, clock failure, memory parity error, and ROM CRC error. The cFirmwareFailure item is in the collection if a firmware/software error was detected. Device specific detailed error information can be retrieved from the error log objects, if the device supports those objects. The POS will list which device failures cause each item to be included in the collection. Additional information: A controller failure occurrence will set the cControllerFailure bit (bit 1). The controller failures are: 62.X Service, 63 Service, 65 Service, 67 Service, 68 Service, and 68 Error. A SIMM failure occurrence will set the cSIMMFailure bit (bit 2). The SIMM failures are 61.X Service, 53-XY-ZZ Error, and 72 Service. A DISK failure occurrence will set the cATFailure bit (bit 3). The DISK failure is FS DISK FAILURE.
                                       not-idle 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.4
Indicates if any of the sub-systems in the device are not idle. The I/O source sub-system is considered not idle if there is unprocessed PDL data in the device. The PDL processing sub-system is considered not idle if the device is processing a print job. The print engine destination sub-system is considered not idle if media is moving (i.e. the device is printing). [other text here describing what causes the other sub-systems to be considered not idle].
                                       on-off-line 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.5
To bring the PDL processing sub-system on or off line. If the device is a printer, then the printer does not process print job data when the printer is off line. PML communication persists. Additional information: When the printer is in the Offline state, printing will stop as soon as possible (no more sheets of media are pulled from input trays). The I/O is taken offline also. Setting to eOnline has the following affect: Printer will immediately go to or remain in the Online state; <noError> status is returned. If the printers current state is Offline with a pending error condition that prevents the printer from going to the Online state, the printer will remain in the Offline state; <genErr> status is returned Setting to eOffline has the following affect: Printer will immediately go to or remain in the Offline state; <noError> status is returned. If pages are being printed, those pages will complete with the printer in the Offline state. Setting to eOfflineAtEndOfJob has the following affect: If not in a job or already in the Offline state, the printer will immediately go to or remain in the Offline state; <noError> status is returned. If in a job and the current state is Online, the printer will remain in the Online state, with the value of this object as eOfflineAtEndOfJob, until the end of the job; <noError> status is returned. At the end of the job, the printer goes to the Offline state and the value of this object becomes eOffline. Setting this object to eOffline or eOnline before the end of the job causes the action for that value to be taken immediately.
                                       continue 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.6
A device can support a class of errors called continuable errors. When a continuable error is encountered, the device requires a continue event to occur before the device will continue operation. One continue event is setting the CONTINUE object to eInitiateAction. Devices can support other continue events, like auto-continue. A continue event causes the continuable error to be acknowledged, thus allowing the device to continue. Each device needs to list the continuable errors. If the device doesnt currently have an unacknowledged continuable error, the response will contain <genErr>. Additional information: See the CLEARABLE-WARNING and AUTO-CONTINUE objects for the errors that this object will clear.
                                       auto-continue 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.7
Indicates if the device will automatically continue after encountering a continuable error. If AUTO- CONTINUE is set to eOn, the device will automatically generate continue event to acknowledge continuable errors. If AUTO-CONTINUE is set to eOff, then some other continue event will have to acknowledge the continuable error. Additional information: If this is set to eOn the device displays an error message and goes offline for ten seconds. After ten seconds the printer automatically returns to the online state. If this is set to eOff then the device displays an error message and goes offline. It remains offline until the operator presses the GO key or until the CONTINUE object is set. If the printer is not idle, the new value may not take effect until a job boundary is reached. If a get is done on this object before the job boundary is reached, the value last set will be returned.
                                       install-date 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.8
Identifies the date that the device was installed. The format of the string is YYYYMMDDHHmmZ. Where: YYYY is the year. MM is the month (1-12). DD is the day (1-31). HH is the hour of the day (0-23). mm are the minutes (0-59). Z designates Greenwich Mean Time; if Z not specified, value is local time. Device POS must specify the conditions for setting this object. Additional information: Identifies the date that the device was installed. The format of the string is YYYYMMDDHHmmZ. Where: YYYY is the year. MM is the month (1-12). DD is the day (1-31). HH is the hour of the day (0-23). mm are the minutes (0-59). Z designates Greenwich Mean Time; if Z not specified, value is local time. On Products without a real-time clock this object has the inital value of INVALID. While in the invalid state the object may written to. Once the initial install date has been written a new intall date can not be written without resetting the object to INVALID. The behavior on products with real-time clocks is different. The object is set to the initial real-time clock value, usually this is 199000300000. Manufacturing sets the real-time clock to the correct date and sets the INSTALL-DATE to INVALID. Then when the customer turns on the printer for the first time the install date is reset.
                                       user-nvram-reset 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.12
Setting to eTrue causes all user NVRAM settings to factory default settings. May also perform POWER-ON- RESET functionality thus loosing print job data. The POS will list which objects are effected by a user NVRAM reset. Some items are NVRAM settings, but not user controllable, so this action may not cause all of NVRAM to be reset. Some examples of NVRAM settings that may not be affected are page count, internally used pen information, line configuration information, etc. Additional information: Setting to eTrue returns the NVRAM items listed below to their factory default values. Performs the same function as the MENU RESET function supported by the control panel except when printer is in Offline state, setting this OID to eTrue will not take the printer to the Online state. DEFAULT-COPIES DEFAULT-MEDIA-SIZE DEFAULT-ORIENTATION DEFAULT-LINES-PER-PAGE DEFAULT-MANUAL-FEED DEFAULT-RET DEFAULT-PRINT-QUALITY PCL-DEFAULT-FONT-SOURCE PCL-DEFAULT-FONT-NUMBER PCL-DEFAULT-FONT-HEIGHT PCL-DEFAULT-FONT-WIDTH PCL-DEFAULT-SYMBOL-SET DEFAULT-VERTICAL-BLACK-RESOLUTION DEFAULT-HORIZONTAL-BLACK-RESOLUTION DEFAULT-PDL CONTEXT-SENSITIVE-PDL-SELECTION ENERGY-STAR IO-TIMEOUT DEFAULT-PAGE-PROTECT POSTSCRIPT-JAM-RECOVERY (PostScript installed) POSTSCRIPT-PRINT-ERRORS (PostScript installed)
                                       date-and-time 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.17
A C structure containing the following fields: typedef struct { ubyte yr; /* year: 0 to 99 */ ubyte mon; /* month: 1 to 12 */ ubyte day; /* day: 1 to 31 */ ubyte wday; /* Day of week: 1 to 07 */ ubyte hr; /* hour: 0 to 23 */ ubyte min; /* minute: 0 to 59 */ ubyte sec; /* second: 0 to 59 */ } date_t; where ubyte is an unsigned byte (0-255).
                                       display 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.20
                                             display-status 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.20.1
                                                 display-column-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.20.1.1
Indicates the number of characters displayable on each row of the printers display.
                                                 display-number-of-rows 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.20.1.2
Indicates the number of rows displayable on the printers display.
                                                 show-address 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.20.1.3
If this object is set to eAuto, and the device has an IP address, the IP address of the device will be shown with the READY message. If this object is set to eOff, the IP address will not be shown.
                                             status-message 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.20.2
                                                 status-message1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.20.2.1
                                                     status-msg-line1-part1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.20.2.1.1
First part of the first line of the printers status message. Additional information: In the Offline state, device only returns 00 OFFLINE and not the actual content of control panel display.
                                       total-ram-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.21
Identifies total amount of RAM, in bytes, available to the controller for general computing.
                                       status-printer 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.22
Indicates if any of the sub-systems in the device in a warning condition. A warning condition exists if the sub-system is useable, but not at its highest state of functionality.
                                       status-controller 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.23
Indicates if the hardware controller sub-system in a warning condition.
                                       time-display 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.28
Controls front-panel time display format. Set to eTimeDisplayTwelveHour for AM/PM display. Set to eTimeDisplayTwentyFourHour for military-type display.
                                       job-input-auto-continue-timeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.35
The number of seconds the device waits after a job related continuable error occurs before automatically continuing. An example job related continuable error is the job requesting a media size that is not available. After the timeout expires, the device will continue processing the job as if a continue event occurred, such as the front panel continue key being pressed. If the value is -1, the device does not automatically continue after a job related continuable error occurs. If the value is 0, the device immediately continues. If the value is greater than 0, the value represents the timeout value in seconds. Additional information: This object is used only for media requests (size and/or name). LaserJet 4050 Series supports any value in the range of -1 to 3600. Setting to a value outside of that range causes the printer to substitute a value (listed below) and to return <noError> status. The values are as follow: <-1 snaps to -1 >3600 snaps to 3600 (60 minutes) The action that occurs when this timeout expires is explained by JOB-INPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-MODE. It is not the same as the CONTINUE object being set to eInitiateAction or the Select key being pressed on the control panel. See the CONTINUE object description for information on the actions that occur for those conditions. The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                       job-input-auto-continue-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.36
Returns or sets the device behavior when the desired media is not currently available. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. The device POS should explain what happens if this item is not the only item in the collection. cAutoMediaSizeOverride - The device is allowed to substitute a different size media. cAutoMediaNameOverride - The device is allowed to substitute a different media name. Additional information: If cCancelJob is set, the current print job will be canceled regardless of other item settings. At least one bit of the collection must be set; setting this object to zero will cause a status of <badValue> to be returned. This object applies to all media requests, including Manual Feed Requests. This object describes the action that is performed when the JOB-INPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-TIMEOUT expires. The action performed by the CONTINUE object being set to eInitiateAction or the GO key being pressed on the control panel may cause different actions. See the CONTINUE object description for information on the actions that occur for those conditions. The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                       background-message 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.37
                                             background-message1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.37.1
                                                 background-status-msg-line1-part1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.37.1.1
The string displayed on the devices front panel in place of the printers built-in background status string. An example built-in background status string is 00 READY. Additional information: The display size for the LaserJet 4050 Series printers is 2 X 16. The value of this object and the current value of BACKGROUND-STATUS-MSG-LINE2-PART1 are displayed together on the 2-line display, but they must be set independently. If line 2 has been set, and the next message to be displayed only requires line 1, BACKGROUND-STATUS-MSG-LINE2-PART1 must be set to the null string to clear it. This object allows a message to be displayed when it is the highest priority message. Setting this object does not guarantee the message will be displayed; and reading it returns the value last written, not the currently displayed message (use prtConsoleDisplayBufferText to read the display). The priority assigned for displaying this message is one lower than the READY message. In other words, the only message that can be replaced by these objects is the READY message. To clear the message, write a null string to both this object and BACKGROUND-STATUS-MSG-LINE2-PART1.
                                             background-message2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.37.2
                                                 background-status-msg-line2-part1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.37.2.1
The string displayed on the devices front panel in place of the printers built-in background status string. An example built-in background status string is 00 READY. Additional information: See BACKGROUND-STATUS-MSG-LINE1-PART1
                                       error-log-clear 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.38
Setting this object clears all the entries in the error log sub-tree. Additional information: Setting this object removes all errors that have been stored in the printers non-volatile memory.
                                       job-output-auto-continue-timeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.40
Returns or sets the time that the printer will wait after an output bin becomes full and the printer is trying to deliver a sheet of media to that output bin. When the timeout expires, the job is processed according to the OUTBINn-OVERRIDE-MODE. A value of -1 indicates that the printer will wait for a continue event. A non- negative value is the number of seconds to wait. Additional information: A value of zero means to continue immediately. The value of this object is stored in NVRAM, so it is maintained across a power cycle. The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                       collated-originals-support 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.42
Indicates that the printer can create multiple, collated originals of a job and shows the level of support for this capability. cCollatedOriginals - The printer can create multiple collated originals, or mopies. This is the base functionality required by the other collection items. cProofAndHold - The printer saves a copy of the job while printing the first mopy. Later, this held job can be released and the rest of the mopies will print. cSecurityPrint - The printer spools the job and holds the job until the user releases the job by entering a password at the printers control panel. cAutoHighlight - The printer prints the job a number of times with a mail distribution list prepended to each job. A different mailing address is highlighted on each mopy. cCollatedAtSpeed - The printer can create multiple collated copies where all copies after the original are printed at engine speed. Additional information: Indicates that the printer can create multiple, collated originals of a job and shows the level of support for this capability. cCollatedOriginals - The printer can create multiple collated originals, or mopies. This is the base functionality required by the other collection items. None of them are supported by Jonah. Without disk, this object will not exist. This will be set at boot-up initialization. If the disk fails, in any way, then the disk error functionality will handle the situation. The value of this object will be: !cCollatedOriginals - Only FLASH installed cCollatedOriginals - IDE is installed combined with/without FLASH cCollatedOriginals - RAMDISK is On combined with/without FLASH
                                       device-cfg-download-error 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.43
Error status of the configuration download session. POS should indicate the actual error values reserving value 0 as NO ERROR. Additional information: A value of 0 indicates NO ERROR.
                                       device-cfg-upload-error 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.45
Error status of the configuration upload session. POS should indicate the actual error values reserving value 0 as NO ERROR. Additional information: A value of 0 indicates NO ERROR.
                                       localization-languages-supported 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.52
The list of languages supported by the device. The languages are primarily, but not limited to, two character codes from ISO 639, each separated by a comma character. Additional information: This string will always be in the Roman-8 character set. See prtLocalizationLanguage for details about each language value.
                                       localization-countries-supported 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.53
The list of countries supported by the device. The countries are primarily, but not limited to, two character codes from ISO 3166, each separated by a comma character. Additional information: This string will always be in the Roman-8 character set. See prtLocalizationCountry for details about each country value.
                                       host-application-available-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.59
Returns the amount of memory, in bytes, that the device has available for job-related processing or resources. Also known as driver work space (DWS) memory.
                                       control-panel-button-press 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.60
Writing this object simulates pressing a button on the control panel.
                                       control-panel-display 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.65
                                       ship-cartridge-installed-in-printer 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.97
Set developer motor cams in the position needed for shipping the cartridges installed in the printer if set to eTrue. Additional information: Notifies the engine that it needs to change its shipping state.
                                       device-mac-address 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.120
The devices MAC address. Additional information: The devices MAC address.
                                       extended-print-modes-modified 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.2.121
This object allows the user to view whether the extended print modes have been modified from their default settings. Additional information: This object allows the user to view whether the extended print modes have been modified from their default settings.
                                   id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3
                                       model-number 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.1
Identifies the device model number as listed in the HP corporate price list (e.g. C2121A for DeskJet 500C). The string is as specific as possible. Products should note in POS if the model number on the CPL changes but the device reports the previous model number. If the model number changes based on the installed options, the POS should indicate if only the base model number is returned, or if the device senses the installed options and returns the correct model number. If possible, encode the model number in a symbol set (like Roman-8) that matches the ASCII character set and limit the characters used to ASCII characters. Additional information: The value of this object does not change based on the installed options. The default of this object is the same on all LaserJet 4050 Series printers.
                                       model-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.2
Identifies the device model name (e.g. DeskJet 1200C). The string is as specific as possible. Capitalization and spacing should match family naming conventions. Products should note in POS if the model name on the HP corporate price list changes but the device reports the previous device name. If the model name changes based on the installed options, the POS should indicate if only the base model name is returned, or if the device senses the installed options and returns the correct model name. If possible, encode the model name in a symbol set (like Roman-8) that matches the ASCII character set and limit the characters used to ASCII characters. Additional information: Since the value of this object is frequently used in displaying a list of printers, it is kept relatively short in case systems have limited width for their display area. The model name does not change based on sensing of installed options.
                                       serial-number 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.3
Identifies the serial number for the device. If the SERIAL-NUMBER object is set by the user, then setting the object does not need to be protected. If the SERIAL-NUMBER object is set at the factory, then the SERVICE-PASSWORD object must be set correctly before the SERIAL-NUMBER object is writable. If this is a writable object, the POS should indicate the maximum supported string length. If possible, encode the serial number in a symbol set (like Roman-8) that matches the ASCII character set and limit the characters used to ASCII characters. Additional information: This value IS AFFECTED BY NVRAM resets, it is set to the default value of XXXXXXXXXX, when a NVRAM init is done.
                                       fw-rom-datecode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.5
Identifies the base system firmware date code. The date code will be encoded in the yyyymmdd format. There may be several versions of the base system firmware. The date code associated with the version of the base system firmware that is being used is reported. There may be other date code objects for other specific modules such as fonts, localization modules, etc.; these other datecode objects are device specific.
                                       fw-rom-revision 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.6
This identifies the system code firmware ROM revision code. The format for a revision is major_revision.minor_revision. There may be other ROM revision code objects for other specific ROMs such as font ROMs, localization ROMs, etc; these other ROM revision code objects are device specific.
                                       fax-local-phone-num 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.8
CCITT senders station id (ex. 08-396-4122).
                                       fax-station-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.9
name for the fax device (ex. HP R&D).
                                       device-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.10
User defined device name. The POS should indicate the maximum supported string length. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store as much as possible and will return the <noError>. Additional information: The maximum supported string length is 32 characters. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store the first 32 characters and will return the <noError> status.
                                       device-location 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.11
User defined device location. The POS should indicate the maximum supported string length. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store as much as possible and will return the <noError>. Additional information: The maximum supported string length is 16 characters. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store the first 16 characters and will return the <noError> status.
                                       asset-number 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.12
User defined asset number. The POS should indicate the maximum supported string length. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store as much as possible and will return the <noError>. Additional information: The maximum supported string length is 8 characters. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store the first 8 characters and will return the <noError> status.
                                       system-contact 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.13
User defined string containing the name of the person or group that is responsible for the device. The POS should indicate the maximum supported string length. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store as much as possible and will return the <noError>. Additional information: User defined system contact. The maximum supported string length is 16 characters. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store as much as possible and will return the <noError> status.
                                       fax-line-interface-unit-id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.3.18
The fax device line interface unit (LIU) identifier. The LIU number identifies the telephone system electrical characteristics supported by this device. Additional information: In this LaserJet MFP this value is stored in 3 bits on the LIU.
                                   interface 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4
                                       simm 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1
                                           simm1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1
                                               simm1-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in SIMM slot 1. eEmpty means the device did not detect any option installed in the interface slot. eUnknown means the device doesnt recognize the installed option. eUnSupported means the device recognizes the installed option, but does not support the option. eReadOnlyMemory means the installed option contains ROM Ics. eVolatileRandomAccessMemory means the installed option contains RAM ICs that loose data when the power is turned off. eNonVolatileRandomAccessMemory means that the installed option contains RAM ICs that do not loose data when the power is turned off. eFlashMemory means that the installed option contains a type of non-volatile RAM that needs to be erased before it can be written. eDiskDrive means the installed option contains a disk drive. eRamRom means the installed option contains both volatile random access memory and read only memory. eInputPHD means the installed option is an input paper handling device. eOutputPHD means the installed option is an output paper handling device. eIOCard means the installed option is an I/O card. Additional information: This object is used for describing DIMMs instead of SIMMs on LaserJet 4050 Series. eRamRom is used to denote LaserJet 4050 Seriess combo simm.
                                               simm1-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1.5
Returns an indication of the capacity of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 1. The capacity is dependent on the type of option, as indicated by the SIMM1-TYPE object. This object has no meaning if the installed option type is eUnknown or eReadOnlyMemory. This object contains the size, in bytes, if the installed option type is eVolatileRandomAccessMemory, eNonVolatileRandomAccessMemory, eFlashMemory, or eDiskDrive. If the type of the installed option is eRamRom, this object contains the size, in bytes, of the random access memory. If the type of the installed option is eInputPHD, the capacity indicates the number of input trays supported by the installed option. If the type of the installed option is eOutputPHD, the capacity indicates the number of output bins supported by the installed option. If the type of the installed option is eIOCard, the capacity indicates the number of logical I/O ports supported by the I/O card. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM1-TYPE type is eVolatileRandomAccessMemory, eRamRom, or eFlashMemory. For eRamRom only the size of the Ram portion of the SIMM is returned.
                                               simm1-bank 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1.6
                                                   simm1-bank1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1.6.1
                                                       simm1-bank1-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1.6.1.1
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in Bank 1 of SIMM slot 1. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description. Additional information: This object is used for describing the type of DIMM banks. Each physical DIMM slot has up to 2 banks.
                                                       simm1-bank1-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1.6.1.2
Returns an indication of the capacity of Bank 1 of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 1. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed bank option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM1-BANK1-TYPE type is eReadOnlyMemory, eFlashMemory, eEDORandomAccessMemory, eSDRandomAccessMemory, eSRandomAccessMemory, or eFPMRandomAccessMemory.
                                                   simm1-bank2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1.6.2
                                                       simm1-bank2-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1.6.2.1
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in Bank 2 of SIMM slot 1. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description. Additional information: This object is used for describing the type of DIMM banks. Each physical DIMM slot has up to 2 banks.
                                                       simm1-bank2-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.1.6.2.2
Returns an indication of the capacity of Bank 2 of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 1. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed bank option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM1-BANK2-TYPE type is eReadOnlyMemory, eFlashMemory, eEDORandomAccessMemory, eSDRandomAccessMemory, eSRandomAccessMemory, or eFPMRandomAccessMemory.
                                           simm2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2
                                               simm2-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in SIMM slot 2. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description. Additional information: This object is used for describing DIMMs instead of SIMMs on LaserJet 4050 Series. eRamRom is used to denote LaserJet 4050 Seriess combo simm.
                                               simm2-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2.5
Returns an indication of the capacity of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 2. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: This object is used for describing DIMMs instead of SIMMs on LaserJet 4050 Series. Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM2-TYPE type is eVolatileRandomAccessMemory, eRamRom, or eFlashMemory. For eRamRom only the size of the Ram portion of the SIMM is returned.
                                               simm2-bank 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2.6
                                                   simm2-bank1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2.6.1
                                                       simm2-bank1-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2.6.1.1
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in Bank 1 of SIMM slot 2. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description. Additional information: This object is used for describing the type of DIMM banks. Each physical DIMM slot has up to 2 banks.
                                                       simm2-bank1-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2.6.1.2
Returns an indication of the capacity of Bank 1 of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 2. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed bank option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM2-BANK1-TYPE type is eReadOnlyMemory, eFlashMemory, eEDORandomAccessMemory, eSDRandomAccessMemory, eSRandomAccessMemory, or eFPMRandomAccessMemory.
                                                   simm2-bank2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2.6.2
                                                       simm2-bank2-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2.6.2.1
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in Bank 2 of SIMM slot 2. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description. Additional information: This object is used for describing the type of DIMM banks. Each physical DIMM slot has up to 2 banks.
                                                       simm2-bank2-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.2.6.2.2
Returns an indication of the capacity of Bank 2 of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 2. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed bank option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM2-BANK2-TYPE type is eReadOnlyMemory, eFlashMemory, eEDORandomAccessMemory, eSDRandomAccessMemory, eSRandomAccessMemory, or eFPMRandomAccessMemory.
                                           simm3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3
                                               simm3-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in SIMM slot 3. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description.
                                               simm3-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3.5
Returns an indication of the capacity of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 3. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: This object is used for describing DIMMs instead of SIMMs on LaserJet 4050 Series. Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM3-TYPE type is eVolatileRandomAccessMemory, eRamRom, or eFlashMemory. For eRamRom only the size of the Ram portion of the simm is returned.
                                               simm3-bank 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3.6
                                                   simm3-bank1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3.6.1
                                                       simm3-bank1-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3.6.1.1
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in Bank 1 of SIMM slot 3. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description. Additional information: This object is used for describing the type of DIMM banks. Each physical DIMM slot has up to 2 banks.
                                                       simm3-bank1-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3.6.1.2
Returns an indication of the capacity of Bank 1 of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 3. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed bank option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM3-BANK1-TYPE type is eReadOnlyMemory, eFlashMemory, eEDORandomAccessMemory, eSDRandomAccessMemory, eSRandomAccessMemory, or eFPMRandomAccessMemory.
                                                   simm3-bank2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3.6.2
                                                       simm3-bank2-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3.6.2.1
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in Bank 2 of SIMM slot 3. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description. Additional information: This object is used for describing the type of DIMM banks. Each physical DIMM slot has up to 2 banks.
                                                       simm3-bank2-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.3.6.2.2
Returns an indication of the capacity of Bank 2 of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 3. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed bank option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM3-BANK2-TYPE type is eReadOnlyMemory, eFlashMemory, eEDORandomAccessMemory, eSDRandomAccessMemory, eSRandomAccessMemory, or eFPMRandomAccessMemory.
                                           simm4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.4
                                               simm4-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.4.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in SIMM slot 4. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description.
                                               simm4-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.4.5
Returns an indication of the capacity of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 4. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM4-TYPE type is eVolatileRandomAccessMemory.
                                           simm5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.5
                                               simm5-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.5.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in SIMM slot 5. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description.
                                               simm5-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.5.5
Returns an indication of the capacity of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 5. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM5-TYPE type is eVolatileRandomAccessMemory.
                                           simm6 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.6
                                               simm6-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.6.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in SIMM slot 6. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description.
                                               simm6-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.6.5
Returns an indication of the capacity of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 6. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM6-TYPE type is eVolatileRandomAccessMemory.
                                           simm7 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.7
                                               simm7-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.7.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in SIMM slot 7. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description.
                                               simm7-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.7.5
Returns an indication of the capacity of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 7. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM7-TYPE type is eVolatileRandomAccessMemory.
                                           simm8 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.8
                                               simm8-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.8.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in SIMM slot 8. See SIMM1-TYPE for a description.
                                               simm8-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.1.8.5
Returns an indication of the capacity of the SIMM installed in SIMM slot 8. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for a description. Additional information: Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option in bytes. This object is not supported unless the SIMM8-TYPE type is eVolatileRandomAccessMemory.
                                       at 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.2
                                           at1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.2.1
                                               at1-model-number 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.2.1.1
Identifies the AT model number. If the disk was manufactured by HP, then the model number is the one listed in the HP corporate price list. If possible, encode the model number in a symbol set (like Roman-8) that matches the ASCII character set and limit the characters used to ASCII characters. Additional information: The model number is obtained from the disk using the IDE (Intelligent Drive Electronics) Identify command. This objects is only supported if a disk is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no disk installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no disk installed.
                                               at1-model-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.2.1.2
Returns product information identifying the AT storage device. Example: C3014A Additional information: The product information is obtained from the disk using the IDE (Intelligent Drive Electronics) Identify command. This objects is only supported if a disk is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no disk installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no disk installed.
                                               at1-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.2.1.3
Returns information describing the manufacture of this particular AT. May include serial number and firmware revision. Additional information: Returns the model number, serial number, and firmware revision of the installed disk. This information is obtained from the disk using the IDE (Intelligent Drive Electronics) Identify command. Example: HP C3014A JP932412W9 K2A4A059. This objects is only supported if a disk is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no disk installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no disk installed.
                                               at1-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.2.1.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in this particular AT interface. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations. Additional information: eEmpty means the device did not detect any AT. eDiskDrive means the AT contains a disk drive.
                                               at1-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.2.1.5
Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for an explanation of the meaning of the value of this object. Additional information: This object contains the size, in bytes, of the installed disk option. This objects is only supported if a disk is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no disk installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no disk installed.
                                       mio 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3
                                           mio1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.1
                                               mio1-model-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.1.2
Returns product information identifying the I/O card. Example: XXXX
                                               mio1-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.1.3
Returns information describing the manufacture of the I/O card installed in MIO/EIO slot 1. May include serial number and firmware revision. Additional information: The format of the string returned is determined by the manufacturer of the EIO device. There is no standard for content of the string.
                                               mio1-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.1.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in MIO/EIO slot 1. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations.
                                           mio2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.2
                                               mio2-model-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.2.2
Returns product information identifying the I/O card. Example: XXXX
                                               mio2-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.2.3
Returns information describing the manufacture of the I/O card installed in MIO/EIO slot 2. May include serial number and firmware revision. Additional information: The format of the string returned is determined by the manufacturer of the EIO device. There is no standard for content of the string.
                                               mio2-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.2.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in MIO/EIO slot 2. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations.
                                           mio3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.3
                                               mio3-model-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.3.2
Returns product information identifying the I/O card. Example: XXXX
                                               mio3-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.3.3
Returns information describing the manufacture of the I/O card installed in MIO/EIO interface 3. May include serial number and firmware revision. Additional information: The format of the string returned is determined by the manufacturer of the EIO device. There is no standard for content of the string.
                                               mio3-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.3.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in MIO/EIO interface 3. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations.
                                           mio4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.4
                                               mio4-model-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.4.2
Returns product information identifying the I/O card. Example: XXXX
                                               mio4-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.4.3
Returns information describing the manufacture of the I/O card installed in MIO/EIO interface 4. May include serial number and firmware revision
                                               mio4-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.3.4.4
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in MIO/EIO interface 4. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations
                                       phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5
                                           phd1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.1
                                               phd1-model 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.1.1
Returns product information identifying the PHD device. Example: XXXX
                                               phd1-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.1.2
Returns information describing the manufacture of this particular PHD. May include serial number and firmware revision.
                                               phd1-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.1.3
Returns an indication of the type of option installed as PHD 1. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations. Additional information: Returns an indication of whether or not the envelope feeder is installed on the printer. A value of eEmpty means that the envelope feeder is not installed.
                                               phd1-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.1.4
Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for an explanation of the meaning of the value of this object. Additional information: The LaserJet 4000 Series envelope feeder has a single tray.
                                           phd2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.2
                                               phd2-model 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.2.1
Returns product information identifying PHD device 2. Additional information: If at least one (1) external paper handling device is attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns product information about the first paper handling device in the device chain.
                                               phd2-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.2.2
Returns information describing the manufacture of PHD 2. May include serial number and firmware revision. Additional information: If at least one (1) external paper handling device is attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the name of the manufacturer of the first paper handling device.
                                               phd2-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.2.3
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in PHD interface 2. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations. Additional information: If at least one (1) external paper handling device is attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns whether the device is an input device, an output device, or an unknown device which may be developed in the future.
                                               phd2-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.2.4
Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for an explanation of the meaning of the value of this object. Additional information: If at least one (1) external paper handling device (EPHD) is attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the number of input trays or output bins, depending the the device type (see PHD2-TYPE) for the first EPHD in the device chain.
                                           phd3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.3
                                               phd3-model 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.3.1
Returns product information identifying PHD device 3. Additional information: If at least two (2) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns product information about the second paper handling device in the device chain.
                                               phd3-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.3.2
Returns information describing the manufacture of PHD 3. May include serial number and firmware revision. Additional information: If at least two (2) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the name of the manufacturer of the second paper handling device.
                                               phd3-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.3.3
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in PHD interface 3. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations. Additional information: If at least two (2) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns whether the second device is an input device, an output device, or an unknown object which may be developed in the future.
                                               phd3-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.3.4
Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for an explanation of the meaning of the value of this object. Additional information: If at least two (2) external paper handling devices (EPHD) are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the number of input trays or output bins, depending the the device type (see PHD3-TYPE) for the second EPHD in the device chain.
                                           phd4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.4
                                               phd4-model 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.4.1
Returns product information identifying PHD device 4. Additional information: If at least three (3) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns product information about the third paper handling device in the device chain.
                                               phd4-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.4.2
Returns information describing the manufacture of PHD 4. May include serial number and firmware revision. Additional information: If at least three (3) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the name of the manufacturer of the third paper handling device.
                                               phd4-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.4.3
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in PHD interface 4. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations. Additional information: If at least three (3) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns whether the third device is an input device, an output device, or an unknown device which may be developed in the future.
                                               phd4-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.4.4
Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for an explanation of the meaning of the value of this object. Additional information: If at least three (3) external paper handling devices (EPHD) are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the number of input trays or output bins, depending the the device type (see PHD4-TYPE) for the third EPHD in the device chain.
                                           phd5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.5
                                               phd5-model 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.5.1
Returns product information identifying PHD device 3. Additional information: If at least four (4) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns product information about the fourth paper handling device in the device chain.
                                               phd5-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.5.2
Returns information describing the manufacture of PHD 5. May include serial number and firmware revision. Additional information: If at least four (4) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the name of the manufacturer of the fourth paper handling device.
                                               phd5-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.5.3
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in PHD interface 5. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations. Additional information: If at least four (4) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns whether the fourth device is an input device, an output device, or an unknown device which may be developed in the future.
                                               phd5-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.5.4
Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for an explanation of the meaning of the value of this object. Additional information: If at least four (4) external paper handling devices (EPHD) are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the number of input trays or output bins, depending the the device type (see PHD5-TYPE) for the fourth EPHD in the device chain.
                                           phd6 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.6
                                               phd6-model 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.6.1
Returns product information identifying PHD device 6. Additional information: If at least five (5) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns product information about the fifth paper handling device in the device chain.
                                               phd6-manufacturing-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.6.2
Returns information describing the manufacture of PHD 6. May include serial number and firmware revision. Additional information: If at least five (5) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the name of the manufacturer of the fifth paper handling device.
                                               phd6-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.6.3
Returns an indication of the type of option installed in PHD interface 6. See SIMM1-TYPE for an explanation of the enumerations. Additional information: If at least five (5) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns whether the fifth device is an input device, an output device, or an unknown device which may be developed in the future.
                                               phd6-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.5.6.4
Returns an indication of the capacity of the installed option. See SIMM1-CAPACITY for an explanation of the meaning of the value of this object. Additional information: If at least five (5) external paper handling devices (EPHD) are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the number of input trays or output bins, depending the the device type (see PHD6-TYPE) for the fifth EPHD in the device chain.
                                       web-server 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.6
                                           settings-web-server 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.6.1
                                               web-proxy-config-enable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.6.1.4
This object is a OCTET STRING enumeration which the peripheral uses to inform the JetDirect card that the Jet-Direct card embedded web server should display the web proxy configuration settings. The Jet Direct card web server will display the if and only if this object is both implemented and set to eOn. A peripheral may implement this object in order to have another host, like a JetDirect card, include a reference to the peripherals web content. The peripheral will read the proxy configuration using the XIP2 sysInfo Get methods
                                               ews-request-control-panel-supplies-status 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.6.1.5
System variable EWS_REQUEST_CONTROL_PANEL_SUPPPLIES_STATUS requires a PML interface so that WJA can directly access it without needing EWS support for that
                                       foreign-interface 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.8
                                           fih-extra-pulses-feature 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.8.2
This object allows one to get/set the setting of the FIH EXTRA PULSES FEATURE item. This either turns the feature on or off based on customer requirement
                                       usb-interface 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.9
                                           usb 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.9.2
                                               usb-product-id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.4.9.2.5
Returns the Product ID of a connected USB device as defined in the Standard Device Descriptor of the Universal Serial Bus Specification Version 2.0. The value will be in the range 0..65535.
                                   test 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.5
                                       self-test 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.5.1
Writing this object allows a device self test to be started. Reading this object provides an indication what self-test is currently executing, if any. Actual self-test operation is device specific. A self test may not be allowed at any arbitrary time. If the device supports the requested self test, but can not start the execution of the self test when requested, the device will respond with <genErr>. If a non-destructive self test is being started, the device will generate a response before the self test is completed. RECOMMENDATION: If the device is ready (i.e. the NOT- READY-PRINTER object does not contain any items, except maybe being off-line) and is idle (i.e. the NOT-IDLE object does not contain any items), this request should always succeed. This provides a mechanism for driver writers to always determine if the action will succeed or not. Additional information: The eNonDestructiveSelfTest performs limited testing on the printer and its attached paper handling devices. After the self-test is complete a configuration page is printed. The recommended way to cause a configuration page to be printed is to use the PRINT-INTERNAL-PAGE object. Setting this object to eNonDestructiveSelfTest results in a status of <noError> and a value of eNonDestructiveSelfTest being returned. If the printer is not idle (whether printing an external job or printing an internal page), this action will be delayed until the next job boundary. See the PRINT-INTERNAL-PAGE object for more details.
                                       print-internal-page 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.5.2
Writing this object to a value other than eNotPrintingAnInternalPage causes the device to attempt to print an internally generated page. Reading this object provides an indication what internally generated page is currently being printed, if any. The actual page is device specific. Some devices may support continuously printing an internally generated page. Setting this object to eNotPrintingAnInternalPage terminates continuously printing internally generated pages. An internally generated page may not be allowed to be printed at any arbitrary time; under what conditions it will succeed or fail is device specific. If the device supports the requested page, but can not start printing the page when requested, the device will respond with <genErr>. RECOMMENDATION: If the device is ready (i.e. the NOT- READY-PRINTER object does not contain any items, except maybe being off-line) and is idle (i.e. the NOT-IDLE object does not contain any items), this request should always succeed. This provides a mechanism for driver writers to always determine if the action will succeed or not. Additional information: Previous products used ePCLDemoPage1ConfigurationPage(300) for the Configuration or Self Test page. This product uses eDeviceDemoPage1ConfigurationPage(3). LaserJet 4050 Series does not support continuously printing a demo page. When this object is set to a valid value, the status returned is <noError> and the value returned is ePrintingAnUnknownInternalPage. If the printer is idle, the page will be printed immediately. If the printer is currently printing another job, the internal page requested will not print until that job is finished. Setting this object to a valid value causes the desired page to be formatted and put in the printers print queue. While the page is being formatted a get on this object will return the value ePrintingAnUnknownInternalPage. Once the page (or pages) is finished being formatted, this object returns a value of eNotPrintingAnInternalPage, even though the page may not have finished being printed. Setting this object multiple times will queue up the requests, but only a limited number will be queued. Once the queue is full, additional requests will be ignored.
                                   job 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6
                                       settings-job 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.1
                                           clearable-warning 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.1.1
Returns or controls how the device will track clearable warnings. A clearable warning indicates a transient event in the device. The device will continue after the transient event occurs. If CLEARABLE-WARNING is eOff, the device does not track clearable warnings. If CLEARABLE-WARNING is eOn, all clearable warnings will be tracked until cleared (acknowledged). If CLEARABLE- WARNING is eJob, a clearable warning generated due to an event that occurs because of the print job being processed will be automatically cleared when the device has finished processing the job. Example clearable warning events include the device altering resolution or page protection due to memory constraints. The POS will document what transient events are treated as clearable warnings. Additional information: If set to eOn, the warning is displayed until the GO key is pressed or the CONTINUE object is set. If set to eJob, the warning is displayed until the end of the job in which it was generated.
                                           cancel-job 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.1.2
Cancels the print job whose ID matches the value written to the CANCEL-JOB object. The host first learns the job ID using the CURRENT-JOB-PARSING-ID command. If the printer has completely processed the job, the printer responds with <badValue>. If the value of the CURRENT-JOB-PARSING-ID is smaller than the value written to the CANCEL-JOB object, then the printer responds with <badValue>. When read, returns the value of the last job ID what was canceled, or -1 to indicate no job has been canceled. Additional information: If the value written matches the ID of a job that is currently being canceled (for any reason), the printer responds with <noError>. LaserJet 4050 Series uses job IDs in the range of 0..32767. Because the ID number can wrap to zero, CURRENT-JOB-PARSING-ID may be smaller than the value written to this object; when this occurs, no error will result as long as the ID is for a currently processing job. This object is write only, so the comment in the general description stating the job ID or -1 will be returned on a read does not apply.
                                           job-info-change-id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.1.3
Returns the current value of an object in the job-info sub-tree whose value has changed. Define the object identifier for the object whose value has changed as job-info.required-field.optional-field.job-id. job-info represents the OID prefix of all objects in the job-info sub-tree. Required-field represents the OID field value that follows the job-info prefix. Since some objects in the job-info sub-tree have two OID fields between the job-info prefix and the job-id, the optional-field represents the OID field between the required-field and the job-id field, if present. Using this definition, the format for the JOB-INFO-CHANGE-ID binary value can be described as follows: Bytes 0-3 : required-field Bytes 4-7 : optional-field, or all zeros if there is no optional field Bytes 8-11: Job ID. Bytes 12-n : The value of the object job-info. required-field.optional-field.job-id. All multi-byte values stored in Motorola (big-endian) format, where the most significant byte occurs first. Additional information: LaserJet 4050 Series will use this object to report changes to the job-info-pages-printed and job-info-state objects. The required-field (bytes 0 through 3) will designate whether the change to be reported involves the pages printed (13) or job state (15). The optional-field (bytes 4 through 7) will always be zeroes. The value-field (bytes 12 through 15) will contain the new value for pages printed or job state cast to a 32-bit integer.
                                           hold-job-timeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.1.10
The time, in minutes, that the printer will wait before automatically deleting a held job. This allows the printer to automatically clean up jobs that have been forgotten (held but never released). Additional information: This only applies to temporary held jobs, i.e., HOLD=ON or PROOF. This is a global timer that only affects the jobs that are sent after it is set. A value of 0 means never delete the jobs. Setting it to an unsupported value causes the printer to substitute a value (listed below) and to return <noError> status. LaserJet 4050 Series supports values of 0, 60, 240, 1440, and 10080 The values are as follows: <=0 snap to 0 (disabled) >=1 and <=150 snap to 60 (60 minutes) >=151 and <=840 snap to 240 (4 hours) >=841 and <=2880 snap to 1440 (1 day) >=2881 snap to 10080 (1 week)
                                       active-print-jobs 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.2
                                           job-being-parsed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.2.1
                                               current-job-parsing-id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.2.1.1
Contains the printer assigned job identification for the job currently being processed by the processing PDL sub- system. The job ID is a monotonically increasing number. The job ID may be reset to zero at power-up and may roll over to zero after reaching some maximum value. Additional information: A value of -1 is returned when the printer is not parsing a job. When data for a new job is detected, this object is updated (the job may or may not turn out to be a Null Job); however, the trap does not occur until the printer determines that it is not a Null Job. (A job is considered to be a null job if it has no name or job attribute, causes no pages to be printed, and consumes MIN_JOB_SIZE (9) or fewer bytes.) A trapped value will differ from the previous value by one or more. Some job-info- objects are created when the first data bytes are received. If the printer determines that the job is a Null Job, the job-info- objects related to the Null Job are deleted. LaserJet 4050 Series retains the job-info- objects for the MAX_JOBS_IN_LIST (12) most recent jobs that are not Null Jobs. The first job received after power-up will have job ID 1, and the job ID will increment to 32767 before rolling to zero. To distinguish whether a power cycle or a rollover causes a reduction in the job ID value, the object prtGeneralConfigChanges can be watched and if it increments at the same time as the drop is observed in the value of CURRENT-JOB-PARSING-ID, then a power cycle is the most likely cause.
                                       fax-job-control 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3
                                           settings-fax-job 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.1
                                               faxjob-action 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.1.1
Permits host to specify an action to be applied with a particular fax.
                                               faxjob-action-id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.1.2
Contains the fax job identification of the fax to be acted upon by the action specified by the object FAXJOB- ACTION.
                                               faxjob-tx-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.1.3
Indicates sources of the fax image for transmission. Also specifies the temporal order of the data sources. eSrcHostOnly - The fax document images will be wholly downloaded from the host. eSrcScannerOnly - The fax document images originate wholly from the device scanner/ADF subsystem. eSrcHostThenScanner - The fax document is composed of images downloaded from the host and pages from the scanner/ADF subsystem. The host downloaded pages will be faxed first, followed by the pages in the scanner/ADF. eSrcScannerThenHost - The fax document is composed of pages in the scanner/ADF and the images downloaded from the host. The document in the ADF is faxed first, followed by the pages downloaded from the host. wSrcHostThenMemory - The fax document is composed of pages downloaded from the host and images already stored within the device. The fax transmission will contain the host downloaded pages followed by the images in the device memory. eSrcHostToMemoryOnly - Permits fax images to be downloaded into device memory for later use with eSrcHostThenMemory. Additional information: GECKO NOTE: eSrcHostToMemoryOnly is included for development and testing only. eSrcHostToMemoryOnly will not be an allowed value for this object in the released product.
                                               faxjob-print-duplex-mode-select 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.1.5
Allows the host to enable or disable duplex printing on a device for the next fax job. Additional information: Allows the host to enable or disable duplex printing on a device for the next fax job.
                                           status-fax-job 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.2
                                               faxjob-download-id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.2.1
Contains the device assigned job identification for the current fax downloading job. The job ID is monotonically increasing number. The job ID may be reset to zero or may roll over to zero after reaching some maximum. The maximum value before the rollover should be stated in the POS. Additional information: The maximum value before this object rolls over to 0 is 2,147,483,648. Behavior of this object once the value rolls over to 0 is not specified.
                                               faxjob-rx-id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.2.2
Contains the device assigned job identification for the currently fax reception job. The job ID is monotonically increasing number. The job ID may be reset to zero or may roll over to zero after reaching some maximum. The maximum value before the rollover should be stated in the POS. Additional information: The maximum value before this object rolls over to 0 is 2,147,483,648. Behavior of this object once the value rolls over to 0 is not specified.
                                               faxjob-tx-id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.2.3
Contains the device assigned job identification for the current fax transmission job. The job ID is monotonically increasing number. The job ID may be reset to zero or may roll over to zero after reaching some maximum. The maximum value before the rollover should be stated in the POS. Additional information: The maximum value before this object rolls over to 0 is 2,147,483,648. Behavior of this object once the value rolls over to 0 is not specified.
                                               faxjob-upload-id 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.2.4
Contains the device assigned job identification for the current fax upload job. The job ID is monotonically increasing number. The job ID may be reset to zero or may roll over to zero after reaching some maximum. The maximum value before the rollover should be stated in the POS. Additional information: The maximum value before this object rolls over to 0 is 2,147,483,648. Behavior of this object once the value rolls over to 0 is not specified.
                                           faxjob 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3
                                               faxjob-rx-status 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.1
                                                   faxjob-rx-status-1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.1.1
Status of receiving fax session 1.
                                               faxjob-tx-status 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.3
                                                   faxjob-tx-status-1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.3.1
Status of sending fax session 1.
                                               faxjob-tx-error 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.4
                                                   faxjob-tx-error-1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.4.1
Error status of the fax reception session 1. Additional information: Error status of the fax transmission session 1.
                                               faxjob-tx-current-page 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.5
                                                   faxjob-tx-current-page-1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.5.1
The page number of the fax page currently being transmitted via send fax session 1. Starts with page number 1.
                                               faxjob-rx-current-page 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.6
                                                   faxjob-rx-current-page-1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.6.1
The page number of the fax page currently being received via fax reception session 1. Starts with page number 1.
                                               faxjob-rx-duration 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.7
                                                   faxjob-rx-duration-1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.7.1
Represent the number of seconds of phone-connect time for a fax reception session 1.
                                               faxjob-tx-duration 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.8
                                                   faxjob-tx-duration-1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.3.3.8.1
Represent the number of seconds of phone-connect time for send fax session 1.
                                       fax-activity-log 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.4
                                           settings-faxlog 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.4.1
                                               fax-log-action 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.4.1.1
Provides applications with the ability to clear or print the fax transaction log. eIdle - no action is occurring on the fax log. eClear - clear the fax log. ePrintLatest - print the latest entry in the fax log. ePrintAll - print all the entries in the fax log. When this object is set to a non-eIdle value by an application, the given action starts. When the action is complete, this object is changed back to eIdle by the device. A hosts request to write this object will be rejected when the object is not eIdle. When eIdle, the host may set the object to any value (including eIdle).
                                               fax-log-reporting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.4.1.2
Specifies when fax transaction logs are to be printed.
                                       job-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5
                                           job-info-name1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.1
Contains the first part of this print jobs name. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. Additional information: The job name is the string specified by the NAME= parameter of the @PJL JOB command which allows a maximum of 80 characters. The first 40 characters are in this object and the second 40 are in job-info-name2. The symbol set is Roman-8. When jobs are nested, the value assigned to this object is the name provided by the most recent @PJL JOB NAME= command. If no name is provided, a null string is returned.
                                           job-info-name2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.2
Contains the second part of this print jobs name. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. Additional information: See job-info-name1.
                                           job-info-stage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.10
Indicates what printer sub-systems are currently processing this print job. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. cSourceSubsystem - some of the job is in the printer I/O subsystem. cProcessingSubsystem - some of the job is in the printer imaging processing subsystem. cDestinationSubsystem - some of the job is being printed. Additional information: For LaserJet 4050 Series, cSourceSubsystem and cProcessingSubsystem will always be set and cleared together. They are set when the beginning of the job is detected, and they are cleared when the end of the job is parsed. A non-printing job will never set cDestinationSubsystem. When a page is ready to be printed (the intermediate has been built and the page is `closed by the personality), cDestinationSubsystem will be set even if a page of a previous job is currently being printed. cDestinationSubsystem remains set until the last page of the job has finished printing. If a page requires extensive processing and allows all the previous pages of a job to complete printing, cDestinationSubsystem will remain set until the last page of the job has finished printing.
                                           job-info-io-source 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.11
Indicates which I/O source, the print job was received over. The value maps to port numbering scheme supported in the DEVICE/SOURCE-SUBSYSTEM/IO/PORTS sub-tree.
                                           job-info-pages-processed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.12
Indicates the number of pages processed by the processing subsystem. If neither the cSourceSubsystem or the cProcessingSubsystem items are in the associated JOB-INFO-STAGE object, then this object contains the total number of pages processed for this job. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. Additional information: This object is incremented by one when a page is processed (`closed by the personality), regardless of the number of pages that are printed as a result of the single page processed. In other words, it does not matter how many identical copies of a page are printed or no pages may be printed if operating in silent run mode, this count is incremented exactly once. A page is considered processed when all of the input data has been processed for a page (that is, when the intermediate has been produced, and the personality has `closed the page. At this time, the image of the page is not necessarily completely formed.)
                                           job-info-pages-printed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.13
Indicates the number of pages printed by the destination subsystem. If non of the cSourceSubsystem, cProcessingSubsystem or cDestinationSubsystem items are in the associated JOB-INFO-STAGE object, then this object contains the total number of pages printed for this job. This value may increase by two each time for duplex jobs. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. Additional information: If multiple copies of a page are printed, each copy is counted individually.
                                           job-info-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.14
Indicates the number of bytes of data processed by the processing subsystem. If neither of the cSourceSubsystem or cProcessingSubsystem items are in the associated JOB-INFO-STAGE object, then this object contains the size of this job, in bytes. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. Additional information: This count may be incremented by values other than one as blocks of data are processed; blocks of data (which may be as large as 2K bytes) will be processed in a varying amount of time. During the processing of a job and even when a job completes, an exact count of the number of I/O bytes processed by the job is not necessarily to be expected.
                                           job-info-state 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.15
Indicates the state of the job. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. eAborted - the print job was aborted. eWaitingForResources - the print job requires resources that are not currently available. Example resources that can cause the job to wait include the print engine or PDL processor being unavailable. The print engine could be unavailable due to paper out, paper jam, staple out, stapler jam, marking agent low, output bin full, etc. The PDL processor could be unavailable due to an off-line condition. Each printer specific object specification should state which conditions cause a job to be waiting for resources and also state which objects can be retrieved by an application to determine the exact cause of a resource being unavailable. ePrinted - the job has printed. The related JOB-INFO- OUTCOME object indicates if any problems were encountered while the job was processed. eRetained - the job can be reprinted. eTerminating - the job was aborted or cancelled and is currently is terminating. eInterrupted - the job has been interrupted. The job can be continued. ePaused - the job has been paused. The job can be continuted. eCancelled - the job has been cancelled. eProcessing - the job is currently being printed normally.
                                           job-info-outcome 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.19
Indicates if any warning or error conditions were encountered while processing the assoicated job. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. Additional information: In LaserJet 4050 Series, warnings and errors are not recorded in this object. Although no meaningful information can be obtained from this object, it is kept around for the compatibility needs of existing software.
                                           job-info-outbins-used 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.20
Indicates which output bins this job has delivered printed pages to. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. Additional information: The bins designated by this collection include the printers own output bins as well as the `logical output bins associated with any attached external paper handling devices. (The mapping of the physical output bins of an external paper handling device to its `logical output bins depends on the usage mode of the device. For instance, in `mailbox mode, there is one-to-one correspondence of `logical output bins to physical bins, whereas in `stacker mode, one `logical output bin may map to several physical bins.) Although LaserJet 5000 Series and LaserJet 4000 Series both come with two output bins -- a face-down bin on the top of the device and a face-up bin at the back of the device -- firmware will not provide a means of selecting between the two, nor will it report which of the two gets used. For this reason, bit 0 (cOutbin1) of this collection is being used to designate both of these bins together.
                                           job-info-physical-outbins-used 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.22
Indicates which physical output bins this job has delivered printed pages to. The last OID field for this dynamic object contains the job ID. Additional information: The output bins designated by the bits of this collection include the standard output bin(s) plus the physical bins of attached external paper handling devices. The configuration (if any) of external paper handling devices will determine the mapping of individual bits in this collection to the physical bins of the devices. For LaserJet 4050 Series (LaserJet 4050), the cOutbin1 is used for Face Down bin, cOutbin2 is used for Face Up bin, and 3-15 are used for the 13 optional output bins (12 plus an extension to the Face Up bin) for backwards compatibility with LaserJet 8000 Series/LaserJet 8100 Series and forwards compatibility with future printers. However, since LaserJet 4050 Series cannot distinguish output going to the Face Up or Face Down bin in the firmware because the diverter can only be moved manually, bit 0 (cOutbin1) is being used to designate both of these bits together. If an external paper handling output device is connected, then bit 2 (cOutbin3) will represent the devices first output bin (and so on).
                                           job-info-attribute 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23
                                                 job-info-attr-1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.1
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. Attribute objects are saved sequentially, starting with 1, after the start of a job. If more attributes are set than there are objects to store them, the excess JOBATTR values are ignored. If the corresponding SET JOBATTR= command has not been received when a get is done for this object, a status of <noSuchName> will be returned.
                                                 job-info-attr-2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.2
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.3
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.4
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.5
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-6 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.6
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-7 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.7
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-8 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.8
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-9 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.9
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-10 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.10
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-11 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.11
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-12 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.12
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-13 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.13
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-14 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.14
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-15 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.15
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-16 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.16
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-17 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.17
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-18 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.18
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-19 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.19
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-20 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.20
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-21 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.21
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-22 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.22
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-23 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.23
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-24 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.24
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-25 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.25
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-26 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.26
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-27 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.27
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-28 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.28
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-29 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.29
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-30 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.30
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-31 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.31
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                                 job-info-attr-32 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.23.32
Returns the value that was set in PJL via the SET JOBATTR= command. See JOB-INFO-ATTR-1 for details.
                                           job-info-requested-originals 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.24
The number of requested collated copies. The value was supplied with the job via PJL QTY variable, the PostScript Collate and NumCopies entries in the page device dictionary, or via some other mechansim.
                                           job-info-page-count-current-original 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.25
The page number being printed within the current copy of a collated multi-copy job. This value changes when the job-info-pages-printed changes. The job-info-pages- printed indicates the total number of pages printed in the job, while this object indicates the number of pages printed for this copy of a collated multi-copy job. Additional information: The number of pages in the current copy of a collated multi-copy job which have been completely printed and safely delivered to the output bin.
                                           job-info-pages-in-original 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.26
Number of pages in a single copy of a collated multi- copy job.
                                           job-info-printed-originals 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.27
Number of collated copies completely printed and delivered to the output bin at time of query.
                                           job-info-accounting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.5.28
                                       held-job 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7
                                           held-job-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.1
                                               held-job-user-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.1.1
User name that is obtained by the driver through some internal method or from user input. Additional information: The following is a general description for all the JOB-MANAGEMENT objects described below. These object describe the attributes of the dynamic list containing all the stored jobs on the disk available for printing or deleting via the job-management feature. The jobs on this list are not deleted from the disk unless explicitly specified by the user. A print job may be specified for retention by PJL commands in the data stream. Following is a list of the PJL commands (i.e. these comments describe the PJL implementation and in some cases do not reflect the PML implementation.): @PJL SET HOLD=OFF|ON|PROOF|STORE|PRINT GENERAL DESCRIPTION: This variable specifies the retention classification of the job. The values indicate whether the job is printed immediately and/or stored. OFF: The job is printed but not retained on disk after printing. This is the default value. ON: This setting may be thought of as free proof-and-hold. The requested number of copies will be printed and the job will be temporarily stored on disk. The job will then be available for printing additional copies through the control panel and through PML. There will be a limit to the number of these temporary jobs that may be stored, and when the limit is exceeded the oldest job will be removed from the disk. PROOF: One copy of the job is printed and remaining copies are stored on disk. The job is then available to select for printing via the control panel menus or PML. The job will be deleted from the disk when the disk space is needed for another proof and hold job but only after the additional copies have been printed. It will also be deleted when the user sends down another proof and hold job with the same job name, or the user explicitly deletes the job. STORE: The job is not printed immediately but is retained on disk. The job is available to select for printing via the control panel DEFAULT VALUE: OFF The value will be stored in RAM only, not in NVRAM. The legal PJL commands are SET and INQUIRE. DEFAULT is not allowed. The variable will appear in the PJL INFO VARIABLES list. @PJL SET USERNAME=<80 bytes> GENERAL DESCRIPTION: Eighty-character user name that is obtained by the driver through some internal method or from user input. If the job stream does not contain a USERNAME the default value will be NO USER NAME. The driver is responsible for determining the size of the printers control panel and sending a string of appropriate length. DEFAULT VALUE: NO USER NAME The value will be stored in RAM only, not in NVRAM. The legal PJL commands are SET and, INQUIRE. DEFAULT is not allowed. The variable will appear in the PJL INFO VARIABLES list. @PJL SET JOBNAME=<80 bytes> GENERAL DESCRIPTION: Eighty-character job name that may be generated by the driver or obtained from user input. This value may be used in conjunction with the USERNAME to select a job from the front panel. If the job stream does not contain a JOBNAME, the printer will assume no job name; each subsequent job that is sent down by the same user would replace the users last job on disk. The driver is responsible for determining the size of the printers control panel and sending a string of appropriate length. NOTE: The limit of 80 bytes is a PJL limit. The limit for PML will be 40 bytes. DEFAULT VALUE: NULL STRING The value will be stored in RAM only, not in NVRAM. The legal PJL commands are SET and INQUIRE. DEFAULT is not allowed. The variable will appear in the PJL INFO VARIABLES list. @PJL SET HOLDTYPE=PUBLIC|PRIVATE GENERAL DESCRIPTION: This variable specifies the privacy level of the job. PUBLIC: The job does not require a PIN in order to be released for printing. This is the default value. PRIVATE: The job requires a PIN in order to be released for printing. The PIN is specified by the HOLDKEY variable. If the HOLDTYPE is set to PRIVATE, a HOLDKEY value must be specified. If no HOLDKEY is specified, the job will be considered PUBLIC. DEFAULT VALUE: PUBLIC The value will be stored in RAM only, not in NVRAM. The legal PJL commands are SET and INQUIRE. DEFAULT is not allowed. The variable will appear in the PJL INFO VARIABLES list. @PJL SET HOLDKEY=4 digits, 0000...9999 GENERAL DESCRIPTION: A 4-digit string, each digit 0-9, that is specified in the job stream and then required to be entered in order to release the job for printing. If a HOLDTYPE is PRIVATE, a HOLDKEY value must be specified. If no HOLDKEY value is specified, a job will be considered PUBLIC. DEFAULT VALUE: NULL STRING The value will be stored in RAM only, not in NVRAM. The legal PJL commands are SET and INQUIRE. DEFAULT is not allowed. The variable will appear in the PJL INFO VARIABLES list. The format for the OID is as follows: 3.4.1.6.x.y <-----> | | | | \ / | job-id in the system / \ PML_JOB_MGNT_ROOT_OID \ job attribute 1..6 x values are 1..6: 1) user-name: user name that is obtained by the driver through some internal method or from user input. 2) job-name: job name may be generated by the driver or obtained from user input. 3) hold: indicates the retention classification of the job. The values indicate whether the job is printed immediately and/or stored. There are 4 options: OFF: The job is printed but not retained on the disk. ON: The job is printed and stored temporarily on the disk. STORE: The job is not printed but stored on the disk. PROOF: One copy of the job is printed and the remaining copies are stored on the disk. 4) holdtype: The variable specifies the security level of the job. PUBLIC: The job does not require a PIN in order to release the job for printing. PRIVATE: The job requires a PIN in order to be released for printing. 5) quantity: number of copies to print. Valid values are 0..999. 6) pin: A 4 digit string, each digit is 0-9, that is specified in the job stream and then required to be entered in order to release the job for printing. y : an unsigned 15 bit number which uniquely identifies the job. The job id for the job remains the same for the job until it is deleted from the held jobs list. For example, the OID below is asking for the user name of the job whose id is 3. The application would issue: OID get 3.4.1.6.1.3 For example, the <getnext> OID values sequence is as follows: OID returned OID getnext 3.4.1.6 3.4.1.6.1.1 getnext 3.4.1.6.1.1 3.4.1.6.1.2 getnext 3.4.1.6.2.1 3.4.1.6.2.2 ... getnext 3.4.1.6.1.6 3.4.1.6.1.7 getnext 3.4.1.6.2.1 3.4.1.6.2.2 getnext 3.4.1.6.5.2828 3.4.1.6.6.1 NOTE: for example above, job id 2828 is the last job in the list of held jobs. ... Also supported is <getnext> on the job attributes: OID returned OID getnext 3.4.1.6.1 3.4.1.6.1.1 getnext 3.4.1.6.6 3.4.1.6.6.1
                                               held-job-job-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.1.2
The job name may be generated by the driver or obtained from user input.
                                               held-job-retention 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.1.3
Indicates the retention classification of the job. The values indicate whether the job is printed immediately and/or stored. There are 4 options: OFF: The job is printed but not retained on the disk. ON: The job is printed and stored temporarily on the disk. PROOF: One copy of the job is printed and the remaining copies are stored on the disk. STORE: The job is not printed but stored on the disk.
                                               held-job-security 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.1.4
The variable specifies the security level of the job. PUBLIC: The job does not require a PIN in order to release the job for printing. PRIVATE: The job requires a PIN in order to be released for printing.
                                               held-job-quantity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.1.5
Number of copies to print.
                                               held-job-pin 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.1.6
A string that is specified in the job stream and then required to be entered in order to release the job for printing. PIN stands for Personal Identification Number. Additional information: Must be a 4 digit string, each digit must be 0..9 or a null string if there is no pin.
                                           held-job-control 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.2
                                               held-job-print 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.2.1
Instructs the printer to schedule the specified held job for printing with the specified number of copies. The job-id is used to identify which job to print. A held job can also be printed from the control panel. Additional information: Bytes 0-3 is the job id of the job to print. Bytes 4-7 is the number of copies to print.
                                               held-job-delete 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.2.2
Instructs the printer to delete the specified held job from the list. The job-id is used to identify which job to delete. A held job can also be deleted from the control panel. Additional information:
                                               held-job-set-queue-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.2.3
Sets the maximum number of jobs which can be stored in the held job list. Additional information: Sets the size of the temporary job lists queue.
                                               held-job-enable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.7.2.4
Enables or disables Job Retention (Job Hold). The valid values are eDisabled and eEnabled. (Specifying an invalid mode causes an <badValue> error to be returned.) When eDisabled is specified all Job Retention (Hold, Proof, Store, PIN Printing) is disabled. When eEnabled is specified, the Job Retention characteristics of a given job are defined by the PJL variable SET HOLD. Additional information: When disabled, currently held jobs are not removed, but must be explicitly removed through the Control Panel or the PML object HELD-JOB-DELETE.
                                       photo-job 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8
                                           photo-access-card-error 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.2
Specifies the error reason for most recent unsucessful photo card access. Additional information: Specifies the error reason for most recent unsucessful photo card access.
                                           settings-photo-job 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3
                                               photo-default-num-copies 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.1
Reads or writes the default number of copies to be printed during photo application print jobs. This value is saved over a power cycle. Additional information: Reads or writes the default number of copies to be printed during photo application print jobs. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-job-num-copies 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.2
Reads or writes the number of copies to be printed during the next photo application print job. This value is not saved over power cycles. Additional information: Reads or writes the number of copies to be printed during the next photo application print job. This value is not saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-job-media-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.4
Reads or writes the default media size to be used during the next photo application print job. This value is not saved over power cycles. Additional information: Reads or writes the default media size to be used during the next photo application print job. This value is not saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-job-media-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.6
Reads or writes the media type to be used on the next photo application print job. This value is not saved over power cycles. Additional information: Reads or writes the media type to be used on the next photo application print job. This value is not saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-image-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.7
Reads or writes the default image size to be used during photo application print jobs. This value is saved over power cycles. Additional information: Reads or writes the default image size to be used during photo application print jobs. This value is saved over a power cycle. Valid image sizes are determined by the PHOTO-IMAGE-SIZE-SET pml object.
                                               photo-job-image-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.8
Reads or writes the image size to be used during the next photo application print job. This value is not saved over power cycles. Additional information: Reads or writes the image size to be used during the next photo application print job. This value is not saved over a power cycle. Valid image sizes are determined by the PHOTO-IMAGE-SIZE-SET pml object.
                                               photo-select-images 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.9
Reads or writes the list of images to print during the next photo application print job. Each image number or number range must be separated by a comma. The image number corresponds to the location of the file on the image card. For example, if there are 10 images on the photo card, then you could select 1-10 or 1,2,3,4,5 or 1,2,3,4-9. The same image number can also appear multiple times in the list. i.e. 1,2,2,2,3,3,4,4,5. This value is not saved over power cycles and only applies to the next job. Additional information: Reads or writes the list of images to print during the next photo application print job. Each image number or number range must be separated by a comma. The image number corresponds to the location of the file on the image card. For example, if there are 10 images on the photo card, then you could select 1-10 or 1,2,3,4,5 or 1,2,3,4-9. The same image number can also appear multiple times in the list. i.e. 1,2,2,2,3,3,4,4,5. This value is not saved over a power cycle, and only applies to the next job.
                                               photo-images-on-card 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.10
Reads the number of printable photo images found on the inserted memory card. If 0, then no images were found, or the card was not properly inserted. Additional information: Reads the number of printable photo images found on the inserted memory card. If 0, then no images were found, or the card was not properly inserted.
                                               photo-job-source 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.11
Controls initiating photo application features. Additional information: Controls initiating photo application features.
                                               photo-color-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.12
Reads or writes the page count for color pages printed by the photo application. This value is saved over power cycles. Additional information: Reads or writes the page count for color pages printed by the photo application. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-mono-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.13
Reads or writes the page count for monochrome pages printed by the photo application. This value is saved over power cycles. Additional information: Reads or writes the page count for monochrome pages printed by the photo application. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-image-size-set 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.15
This is only writable in service mode. This object changes the set of valid image sizes for the device. The image sizes groups are as follows: eImageSizeSetInch1: Wallet, 3x4in, 3 1/2 x 5in, 4x6in, 5x7in, 8x10in, full page eImageSizeSetInch2: Wallet, 3 1/2 x 5in, 4x6in, 5x7in, 6x8in, 8x10in, full page eImageSizeSetCentimeter1: 6x8cm, 7x10cm, 9x13cm, 10x15cm, 13x18cm, 15x21cm, 20x25cm, full page eImageSizeSetCentimeter2: 7x10cm, 9x13cm, 10x15cm, 13x18cm, 20x25cm, full page eImageSizeSetCentimeter3: 6x8cm, 9x13cm, 10x15cm, 13x18cm, 15x21cm, 18x24cm, 20x25cm, full page . Additional information: This is only writable in service mode. This object changes the set of valid image sizes for the device. The image sizes groups are as follows: eImageSizeSetInch1: Thumbnail, Wallet, 3x4in, 3 1/2 x 5in, 4x6in, 5x7in, 8x10in, full page, panorama eImageSizeSetInch2: Thumbnail, Wallet, 3 1/2 x 5in, 4x6in, 5x7in, 6x8in, 8x10in, full page, panorama eImageSizeSetCentimeter1: Thumbnail, 6x8cm, 7x10cm, 9x13cm, 10x15cm, 13x18cm, 15x21cm, 20x25cm, full page, panorama eImageSizeSetCentimeter2: Thumbnail, 7x10cm, 9x13cm, 10x15cm, 13x18cm, 20x25cm, full page, panorama eImageSizeSetCentimeter3: Thumbnail, 6x8cm, 9x13cm, 10x15cm, 13x18cm, 15x21cm, 18x24cm, 20x25cm, full page, panorama
                                               photo-clear-counts 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.18
writing this object causes the page counts, insert counts, or all photo counts to be cleared and reset to 0. Additional information: writing this object causes the page counts, insert counts, or all photo counts to be cleared and reset to 0.
                                               photo-compact-flash-insert-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.19
Reads or writes the count for the number of times a compact flash memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle. Additional information: reads or writes the count for the number of times a compact flash memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-memory-stick-insert-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.20
Reads or writes the count for the number of times a memory stick memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle. Additional information: reads or writes the count for the number of times a memory stick memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-memory-stick-pro-insert-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.21
Reads or writes the count for the number of times a memory stick pro memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle. Additional information: reads or writes the count for the number of times a memory stick pro memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-smart-media-insert-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.22
Reads or writes the count for the number of times a smart media memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle. Additional information: reads or writes the count for the number of times a compact flash memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-secure-digital-insert-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.23
Reads or writes the count for the number of times a secure digital memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle. Additional information: reads or writes the count for the number of times a compact flash memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-mmc-insert-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.24
Reads or writes the count for the number of times a MultiMediaCard memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle. Additional information: reads or writes the count for the number of times a MultiMediaCard memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                               photo-xd-insert-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.6.8.3.25
Reads or writes the count for the number of times an xD-Picture memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle. Additional information: reads or writes the count for the number of times an xD-Picture memory card has been inserted in the device. This value is saved over a power cycle.
                                   phone 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9
                                       dial 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9.1
                                           dial-all-lines 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9.1.1
                                               fax-dial-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9.1.1.1
Device should use DTMF dialing if eToneDial, pulse dial if ePulseDial.
                                               device-redial 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9.1.1.2
Device to permit redial upon detecting certain error conditions.
                                       answer 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9.2
                                           answer-all-lines 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9.2.1
                                               fax-answer-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9.2.1.1
Sets the answering-priority when using a shared voice line. eManualAnswer - Device will not automatically answer the phone. User must answer and push START button. eFaxAnswer - Device should assume call is fax, send CED immediately upon answering. eTadAnswer - (Telephone Answering Device Mode) Device allows downstream TAD to answer but device will eavesdrop for fax CNG signal. If a CNG detected, cut off the downstream device, send CED. Do nothing if CNG not detected.
                                               fax-num-rings-pickup 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9.2.1.2
Number of rings before the fax device answers the phone if FAX-ANSWER-MODE is not set to MANUAL-MODE.
                                               device-ring-type-pickup 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.9.2.1.3
Device to answer the incoming call based on detecting the the specified type of telephone ring.
                                   file-system 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10
                                         settings-file-system 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1
                                             file-system-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.1
The amount of memory, in bytes, used by the file system to buffer file data. Additional information: Reports the amount of memory, in bytes, reserved for use by the file system. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed. The values remain constant across reboots. Possible Values: FILE-SYSTEM-MAX-OPEN-FILES 32 512 EIO DISK 69916 198556 EIO DISK + 1 2MB Flash 88940 217580 1 2MB Flash 33052 161692
                                             file-system-max-open-files 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.2
The number of open files allowed at one time. Opening a file when the maximum number of files are currently open will fail. Additional information: Indicates the number of open files a personality (e.g. PCL or PostScript) is guaranteed to be able to open before the file system runs out of file handles. After writing this object, the printer must be rebooted (powercycled) before the change takes effect. This object supports any value between 32 - 512 inclusive. If a value Less then 32 then it snaps to 32 if greater then 512 it snaps to 512. The factory default value is dependent on the amount of installed RAM. The default value of 32 is when Memory <= 4MB, 128 is if the memory is > 4MB. Performing a cold reset sets this object back to the factory default value. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed. Default for LaserJet 4000 Series/LaserJet 5000 Series is 32 Default for LaserJet 8000 Series/LaserJet 8100 Series/LaserJet 4050 Series is 128
                                             file-system-test-return-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.3
This test object that will not be supported in any released product. Setting this object allows the next file system call return code to be specified or to simulate uninitialized or unistalled volumes. The POS will specify the binary format. Additional information: A three byte binary value. The first byte indicates what function is being effected by this set. value | function ------+------------------ 1 | PersFSCtl 2 | PersFSDirClose 3 | PersFSDirCreate 4 | PersFSDirDelete 5 | PersFSDirOpen 6 | PersFSDirRead 7 | PersFSDirReadStd 8 | PersFSDirRewind 9 | PersFSDirSeek 10 | PersFSDirTell 11 | PersFSFileClose 12 | PersFSFileDelete 13 | PersFSFileMove 14 | PersFSFileOpen 15 | PersFSFileRead 16 | PersFSFileSeek 17 | PersFSFileStatus 18 | PersFSFileWrite 19 | PersFSFlush 20 | PersFSVolChk 21 | PersFSVolFix 22 | PersFSVolInit 23 | PersFSVolStatus The return value of the function being effected will return the value -1 to indicate an error occurred. The second byte is the value returned by the next call to PersFSErrNo() (after the call being effected is called). Refer to the Copernicus Personality Interface Volume 2 Disk File System documentation for a list of values returned by PersFSErrNo(). The third byte indicates which call to the specified file system routine will fail. A value of one means the first call will fail. A value of two means the second call will fail, and so on. Writing this object causes any previous write to this object to be invalidated. Note: The error triggering mechanism is actually implemented at the message interface to the file system rather than at the PersFSxxx() function call interface. This is easier to do, and it is better for NFS because NFS uses the message interface rather than the PersFSxxx() functions. Fortunately there is a one-to-one mapping between messages and PersFSxxx() functions so everything works out nicely. The printer will uninitialize the mass storage device if the first byte is one of the values listed below. value | meaning ------+------------------ 101 | Effects the printer state 102 | Effects the data on the device The Moby printer supports 3 volumes zero, so the second byte must be 0 - 2. The third byte has no meaning and must be zero.
                                             file-system-set-system-partition-writeable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.6
This object allows the system partition to be written to. It consists of a C structure containing the following fields: typedef struct { ubyte password[8]; ubyte volumenumber; } fs_writeable_system_partition_t; which is described below: Bytes 0 - 7: contain the password Byte 8 : is the volume number MAX-ACCESS to this command is controlled by the password. If the password supplied is incorrect the command will fail. The volumenumber is a volume number of an existing system partition. Additional information: Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed. Returns <badValue> if the password is incorrect or if the volume requested is not present.
                                             file-system-set-system-partition-readonly 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.7
Changes a system partition to be READ-ONLY. The value is the volume number to change. If the volume number specified is NOT a system partition an error is returned. Additional information: Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed. Returns <badValue> if the volume requested is not present.
                                             file-system-delete-files 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.8
Setting this object causes the specified filename to be deleted, after first validating that the authentication data is correct for the specified user ID. The format for this object is a C structure: typedef struct { sint32 UserId; uint16 AuthenticationDataLen ubyte AuthenticationData[] char Filename[]; } fs_delete_files_t; which is described below: Bytes 0 - 3: contains a user id represented as a multi-byte value that is stored in big-endian format, where the most significant byte occurs first. Bytes 4 - 5 : Length of the Athentication data that follows starting at offset 6. Stored as a multi-byte value that is stored in big-endian format, where the most significant byte occurs first. Bytes 6 - 6+AuthenticationDataLen : a ubyte array containing the Authentication data used to verify MAX-ACCESS for this operation. Bytes starting at offset (6+AuthenticationDataLen+1): A null terminated character array representing the ASCII file name to be deleted. The length of the string will be limited by the remaining space in the object. This string represents a fully-qualified path name which may specify a filename or a regular expression that may match multiple files (e.g <path>/*.exe). Access to this command is controlled by the UserId and the authentication data. If the UserID or authentication data supplied is incorrect the command will fail. The device POS will specify any limitations to the length of the filename string, what constitutes a correct user ID, what constitutes correct authentication data, and the significance of any return values. Additional information: Setting this object causes the specified filename to be deleted, after first validating that the authentication data is correct for the specified user ID. This object is always present. The format for this object is a C structure: typedef struct { sint32 UserId; uint16 AuthenticationDataLen ubyte AuthenticationData[] char Filename[]; } fs_delete_files_t; Bytes 0 - 3: contains a user id represented as a multi-byte value that is stored in big-endian format, where the most significant byte occurs first. Bytes 4 - 5 : Length of the authentication data that follows starting at offset 6. Stored as a multi-byte value that is stored in big-endian format, where the most significant byte occurs first. Bytes 6 - 6+AuthenticationDataLen : a ubyte array containing the authentication data used to verify MAX-ACCESS for this operation. Bytes starting at offset (6+AuthenticationDataLen+1): A null terminated character array representing the ASCII file name to be deleted. The length of the string will be limited by the remaining space in the object. This string represents a fully-qualified path name which may specify a filename or a file-type regular expression that may match multiple files (e.g., <path>/*.exe). MAX-ACCESS to this command is controlled by the UserId and the authentication data. If the UserID or authentication data supplied is incorrect the command will fail. The device POS will specify any limitations to the length of the filename string, what constitutes a correct user ID, what constitutes correct authentication data, and the significance of any return values.
                                             file-system-security-access-password 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.9
This object acts as a gate keeper for write access to the PML objects FILE-SYSTEM-EXTERNAL-ACCESS-CAPABILITIES, FILE-SYSTEM-ERASE-MODE, and FILE-SYSTEM-WIPE-DISK. The object can be viewed as always being in one of 4 states: State 0 --> Un-initialized: FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD is the empty string and a pmlget operation on the object will return the string 0. This will be the state after an NVRAM init which is the only way to set the object to the empty string. It cannot be set to the empty string through PML. In this state write access to FILE-SYSTEM-EXTERNAL-ACCESS-CAPABILITIES, FILE-SYSTEM-ERASE-MODE and FILE-SYSTEM-WIPE-DISK is disabled while write access to the object itself is enabled. A successful set operation on the object in this state will return the string SET and will result in a transition to State 3. State 1 --> The Password is set to a non-empty string: A pmlget operation on the object will return the string 1 regardless of the actual stored password value. In this state write access to FILE-SYSTEM-EXTERNAL-ACCESS-CAPABILITIES, FILE-SYSTEM-ERASE-MODE and FILE-SYSTEM-WIPE-DISK is disabled. The only string the object itself can be successfully set to while in this state is the current value of the password. Setting the object to its current value causes a transition to State 2 which is an authenticated state. The value returned from such a set operation will be the string OK. State 2 --> The password is in an authenticated state: The gate to write to the PML objects FILE-SYSTEM-EXTERNAL-ACCESS-CAPABILITIES, FILE-SYSTEM-ERASE-MODE, and FILE-SYSTEM-WIPE-DISK is open. One, and only one, write operation can be performed on one of these three objects. During such a write operation the object itself will transition to State 1 thus closing the gate. In State 2 a pmlset operation on the object will result in the password being set and a transfer to State 3. The value returned from a set operation in this state on FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD will be SET. A pmlget operation on the object will return the string 2 regardless of the actual password value. State 3 --> The password was just changed: A pmlget operation on the object will return the string 3. Otherwise behaviors in State 3 are exactly like in State 1.
                                             file-system-external-access-capabilities 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.10
This object is used to control access to the file system of the device. It is always readable. It is writable when FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD is not the empty string, and a successful write to that object with the current password has preceded the write to this object. In other words, the FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD must be in the authenticated state for a write on FILE-SYSTEM-EXTERNAL-ACCESS-CAPABILITIES to succeed. After the object has successfully been written to, it becomes read-only, and the FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD object exits the authenticated state. FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD must then be written to again with the current password in order to make another write operation on FILE-SYSTEM-EXTERNAL-ACCESS-CAPABILITIES possible. cDisablePJLFileSystemAccess - All file system access through PJL will be disabled. cDisablePMLFileSystemWrite - All file-systems-related PML objects such as FILE-SYSTEM-DELETE-FILES or hrPartitionLabel become read-only. For objects that are normally write-only this means that no successful operations can now be performed on them. cDisableNFSFileSystemAccess - All NFS file system access will be disabled. cDisablePSFileSystemAccess - All file system access through PostScript will be disabled. cDisableEWSFileSystemAccess - All access to the file system by the Embedded Web Server will be disabled.
                                             file-system-erase-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.11
This object is used to control how file data is handled when files are deleted. It is always readable. It is writable when FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD is the empty string or when a write to FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD with the current password has preceeded the write to the object. When FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD is not the empty string then this object becomes read-only after a successful write to it. FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD must then be written to again with the current password in order to make another write operation on the object possible. If the FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD is incorrectly set, this object becomes read-only until the password is correctly set. The logical settings for this object are: NonSecureFastErase - When a file is deleted, only the reference to it in the file system tables is removed. No file data is overwritten. This is the default setting. This is the setting when both bits in the collection are set to 0. SecureFastErase - File information is overwritten with identical, random character pattern when it is deleted. This is the setting when cEraseMode0 is set to 1 and cEraseMode1 is set to 0. SecureSanitizeErase - Secure, repetitive algorithm used to overwrite all deleted file information and remove any residual data persistence. A random character is written to all bytes of deleted sectors. Then the complement of that character and finally, another random character is written. This is the setting when cEraseMode0 is set to 0 and cEraseMode1 is set to 1. Note that an error will be returned for an attempt to set both bits of the collection to 1.
                                             file-system-wipe-disk 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.12
This object is a non-leaf node which will have one leaf node under it for each file system in the printer. The leaf nodes will be in a 1-to-1 correspondence with the hrDeviceIndex objects. This object specifies for each leaf node whether the file system on the device is going to be erased according to the setting of the FILE-SYSTEM-ERASE-MODE referenced by the corresponding hrDeviceIndex. A file system will be overwritten on system reboot if this object is set to 1. It will be unchanged if this object is set to 0. If this objects value is -1 then the file system cannot be wiped. If the file system contains the permstore, the permstore will be saved off and restored after the file-system wipe is completed. This object is always readable. It is writable when FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD is the empty string or when a write to FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD with the current password has preceeded the write to the object. When FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD is not the empty string then this object becomes read-only after a successful write to it. FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD must then be written to again with the current password in order to make another write operation on the object possible. If the FILE-SYSTEM-SECURITY-ACCESS-PASSWORD is incorrectly set, this object becomes read-only until the password is correctly set.
                                             file-system-wipe-disk-status 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.1.13
This object is a non-leaf node which will have one leaf node under it for each file system in the printer. The leaf nodes will be in a 1-to-1 correspondence with the hrDeviceIndex objects. This object specifies for each leaf node the status of a disk wipe in progress. A return value of -1 indicates that no disk wipe is in progress. A return value in the range of 0 to 100 indicates the percent done for a disk wipe in progress. All other values are illegal.
                                         status-file-system 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.2
                                             file-system-statistic-read-open 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.2.1
The number of times the file system has received requests to open a file for reading. Opening a file for both reading and writing will cause this value to change. The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed. This value is increamented when a file is opened.
                                             file-system-statistic-write-open 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.2.2
The number of times the file system has received requests to open a file for writing. Opening a file for both reading and writing will cause this value to change. The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed. This value is increamented when a file is opened.
                                             file-system-statistic-successful 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.2.3
A counter indicating the number of file system requests that completed successfully. The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                             file-system-statistic-unsuccessful 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.2.4
A counter indicating the number of file system requests that completed unsuccessfully. The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                             file-system-statistic-current-memory-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.2.5
A value indicating the number of bytes of RAM currently used by the file system firmware. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed. This will veri depending on the number and size of Mass Storage devices installed.
                                             file-system-statistic-max-memory-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.2.6
A value indicating the maximum number of bytes of RAM used by the file system firmware. The POS should state if the value is reset to zero after a power cycle. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                         file-systems 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3
                                             file-system1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.1
                                                 file-system1-initialized 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.1.1
Returns eTrue if a file system has been written to the mass storage device(s) which will hold file data contained in this file system. Returns eFalse otherwise. Each POS needs to specify the relationship between file systems and the physical storage devices that can hold the data contained in those file systems. Additional information: This objects is only supported if a disk is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no disk installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no disk installed.
                                                 file-system1-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.1.2
Returns the total size, in bytes, of the mass storage space configured to hold the file data (and file system information) assoicated with files stored in this file system. This refers to hardware capacity, independent of any space consumed by the file system overhead or user files. Additional information: This objects is only supported if a disk is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no disk installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no disk installed.
                                                 file-system1-free-space 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.1.3
Returns the total amount, in bytes, of unused storage space currently available to this file system. Additional information: This objects is only supported if a disk is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no disk installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no disk installed.
                                                 file-system1-write-protect 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.1.4
Supports write-protecting the file system. Setting FILE-SYSTEM-WRITE-PROTECT to eEnabled blocks any modification of the contents of the file system. Setting FILE-SYSTEM-WRITE-PROTECT to eDisabled allows modification of the contents of the file system. Additional information: This objects is only supported if a disk is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get, or Set on this OID with no disk installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform an EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no disk installed.
                                             file-system2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.2
                                                 file-system2-initialize-volume 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.2.6
Setting this object to eInitializing causes file system 2 to be initialized. Reading this object indicates if the file system is currently being initialized. Additional information: The hrDeviceIndex value for the mass storage device is the same value that is used to index into the FILE-SYSTEM sub-tree. Since this product supports up to 3 mass storage device, and since the hrDeviceIndex for the mass storage devices will start at 2 if the mass storage device is installed, the FILE-SYSTEM2-INITIALIZE-VOLUME object will be the object that allows the mass storage device to be initialized that is the 1st device.
                                             file-system3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.3
                                                 file-system3-initialize-volume 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.3.6
Setting this object to eInitializing causes file system 3 to be initialized. Reading this object indicates if the file system is currently being initialized. Additional information: The hrDeviceIndex value for the mass storage device is the same value that is used to index into the FILE-SYSTEM sub-tree. Since this product supports up to 3 mass storage device, and since the hrDeviceIndex for the mass storage devices will start at 2 if the mass storage device is installed, the FILE-SYSTEM3-INITIALIZE-VOLUME object will be the object that allows the mass storage device to be initialized that is the 2nd device.
                                             file-system4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.4
                                                 file-system4-initialize-volume 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.10.3.4.6
Setting this object to eInitializing causes file system 4 to be initialized. Reading this object indicates if the file system is currently being initialized. Additional information: The hrDeviceIndex value for the mass storage device is the same value that is used to index into the FILE-SYSTEM sub-tree. Since this product supports up to 3 mass storage devices, and since the hrDeviceIndex for the mass storage devices will start at 2 if the mass storage device is installed, the FILE-SYSTEM4-INITIALIZE-VOLUME object will be the object that allows the mass storage device to be initialized that is the 3rd device.
                                   errorlog 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11
                                         error1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.1
                                             error1-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.1.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 1 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: This item contains the engine page count when the error occurred. If there is currently no error entry for this object, a 0 will be returned. Note that 0 may also be returned when there is a valid error, but a current page count was unavailable. If ERROR1-CODE object also returns 0, then an error has not yet been logged for this object. See ERROR1-CODE for an explanation of the order used for storing errors.
                                             error1-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.1.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: Returns a device specific error code. If the error code returned is 0, then the printer has not yet logged an error for this object. When the maximum number of errors is reached (30 on LaserJet 4050 Series printers), and a new error occurs, the error in ERROR1-CODE will be replaced by the one in ERROR2-CODE, and so on until the last error object will be given the value of the new error. The error number is returned in the upper 16 bits. If it is 68, 69, 79, or 80, then the sub code is returned in the lower 16 bits (eg. 68 001C, where the subcode is already a hexadecimal value). If the error number is any other number, then the 1st sub code (XX) will be in bits 15-8 and the 2nd sub code (YY) will be in bits 7-0 (eg. 55.04.02) where XX=04 and YY=02). Example: If the error is 68 001A, then the value returned will be 4456474. To break it down: 4456474 = 0x0044001A The upper 16 bits: 0x0044 = 68 The lower 16 bits: 0x001A = 001A Which is the error: 68 001A Example: If the error is 55.04.241, then the error code will be 3605745. To break it down: 3605745 = 0x003704F1 The upper 16 bits: 0x0037 = 55 The upper byte of the lower 16 bits: 0x04 = 04 The lower byte of the lower 16 bits: 0xF1 = 241 Which is the error: 55.04.241
                                         error2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.2
                                             error2-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.2.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 2 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                             error2-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.2.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.3
                                             error3-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.3.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 3 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                             error3-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.3.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.4
                                             error4-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.4.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 4 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                             error4-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.4.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.5
                                             error5-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.5.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 5 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                             error5-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.5.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error6 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.6
                                             error6-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.6.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 6 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                             error6-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.6.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error7 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.7
                                             error7-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.7.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 7 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                             error7-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.7.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error8 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.8
                                             error8-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.8.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 8 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                             error8-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.8.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error9 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.9
                                             error9-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.9.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 9 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                             error9-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.9.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error10 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.10
                                               error10-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.10.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 10 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error10-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.10.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error11 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.11
                                               error11-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.11.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 11 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error11-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.11.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error12 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.12
                                               error12-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.12.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 12 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error12-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.12.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error13 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.13
                                               error13-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.13.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 13 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error13-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.13.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error14 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.14
                                               error14-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.14.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 14 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error14-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.14.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error15 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.15
                                               error15-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.15.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 15 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error15-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.15.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error16 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.16
                                               error16-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.16.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 16 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error16-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.16.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error17 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.17
                                               error17-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.17.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 17 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error17-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.17.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error18 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.18
                                               error18-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.18.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 18 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error18-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.18.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error19 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.19
                                               error19-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.19.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 19 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error19-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.19.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error20 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.20
                                               error20-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.20.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 20 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error20-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.20.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error21 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.21
                                               error21-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.21.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 21 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error21-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.21.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error22 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.22
                                               error22-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.22.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 22 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error22-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.22.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error23 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.23
                                               error23-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.23.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 23 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error23-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.23.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error24 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.24
                                               error24-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.24.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 24 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error24-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.24.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error25 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.25
                                               error25-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.25.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 25 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error25-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.25.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error26 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.26
                                               error26-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.26.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 26 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error26-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.26.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error27 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.27
                                               error27-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.27.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 27 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error27-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.27.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error28 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.28
                                               error28-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.28.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 28 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error28-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.28.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error29 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.29
                                               error29-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.29.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 29 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error29-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.29.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error30 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.30
                                               error30-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.30.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 30 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error30-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.30.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error31 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.31
                                               error31-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.31.1
Contains some sort of time stamp indicating when error 31 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error31-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.31.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error32 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.32
                                               error32-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.32.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 32 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error32-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.32.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error33 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.33
                                               error33-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.33.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 33 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error33-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.33.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error34 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.34
                                               error34-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.34.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 34 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error34-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.34.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error35 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.35
                                               error35-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.35.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 35 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error35-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.35.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error36 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.36
                                               error36-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.36.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 36 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error36-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.36.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error37 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.37
                                               error37-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.37.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 37 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error37-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.37.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error38 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.38
                                               error38-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.38.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 38 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error38-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.38.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error39 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.39
                                               error39-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.39.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 39 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error39-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.39.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error40 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.40
                                               error40-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.40.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 40 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error40-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.40.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error41 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.41
                                               error41-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.41.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 41 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error41-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.41.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error42 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.42
                                               error42-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.42.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 42 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error42-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.42.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error43 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.43
                                               error43-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.43.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 43 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error43-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.43.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error44 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.44
                                               error44-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.44.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 44 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error44-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.44.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error45 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.45
                                               error45-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.45.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 45 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error45-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.45.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error46 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.46
                                               error46-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.46.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 46 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error46-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.46.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error47 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.47
                                               error47-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.47.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 47 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error47-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.47.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error48 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.48
                                               error48-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.48.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 48 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error48-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.48.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error49 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.49
                                               error49-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.49.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 49 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error49-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.49.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error50 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.50
                                               error50-time-stamp 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.50.1
Contains a time stamp indicating when error 50 occurred. Example time stamps include the actual time the error occurred (in seconds since Jan. 1, 1970), and the total engine page count. The device POS documents the meaning of the time stamp. Additional information: See ERROR1-TIME-STAMP.
                                               error50-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.50.2
Contains a device specific error code. Each device POS should list what errors are logged to the error log and the meaning of each supported error code value. Additional information: See ERROR1-CODE.
                                         error51 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.51
                                         error52 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.52
                                         error53 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.53
                                         error54 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.54
                                         error55 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.55
                                         error56 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.56
                                         error57 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.57
                                         error58 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.58
                                         error59 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.59
                                         error60 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.60
                                         error61 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.61
                                         error62 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.62
                                         error63 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.63
                                         error64 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.64
                                         error65 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.65
                                         error66 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.66
                                         error67 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.67
                                         error68 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.68
                                         error69 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.69
                                         error70 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.70
                                         error71 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.71
                                         error72 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.72
                                         error73 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.73
                                         error74 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.74
                                         error75 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.75
                                         error76 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.76
                                         error77 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.77
                                         error78 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.78
                                         error79 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.79
                                         error80 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.80
                                         error81 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.81
                                         error82 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.82
                                         error83 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.83
                                         error84 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.84
                                         error85 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.85
                                         error86 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.86
                                         error87 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.87
                                         error88 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.88
                                         error89 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.89
                                         error90 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.11.90
                                   resource-manager 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.12
                                         mass-storage-resources 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.12.3
                                             mass-storage-resource-change-counter 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.12.3.1
A counter which changes when a mass storage based resource has been added or deleted. Additional information: The value of this counter changes each time the MASS-STORAGE-RESOURCE-CHANGED object is set to eTrue. The value also changes when the mass storage device is initialized. However, the value does not change when a mass storage device is removed and a different mass storage device is installed. Initializing all volumes sets this object back to the factory default value. A reboot sets this object back to the factory devalut value. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                             mass-storage-resource-changed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.12.3.2
Setting to eTrue causes MASS-STORAGE-RESOURCE-CHANGE- COUNTER to be incremented. Additional information: Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                   remote-procedure-call 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13
                                         settings-rpc 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.1
                                             rpc-test-return-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.1.1
This test object that will not be supported in any released product. Setting this object allows the next RPC call return code to be specified. The POS will specify the binary format. Additional information: The format of the binary data is a one of three formats. The first format is no binary data, which indicates the next RPC reply should not be modified. The other two formats are described in RFC 1057 and encoded using XDR (i.e. the value is the data used to instead of the actual RPC reply). The second format is when reply_stat is MSG_ACCEPTED and accept_stat is something other than SUCCESS. The third format is when reply_stat is MSG_DENIED. Notice that all RPC replies that do not contain any results are supported.
                                             rpc-bind-protocol-address 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.1.2
Array of Berkeley sockets style protocol addresses used to bind RPC to a communications protocol family. Setting an instance of this array object to a zero length binary value disables the transport protocol indicated by that instance. All multi-bytes fields are in network (or big-endian) order. Bytes 1 and 2 indicate the transport protocol. Some of the transport protocol mapping information can be found in RFC 1010 Assigned Numbers. A list of interesting transport protocol number mappings include: Protocol | Number ---------+------- UDP/IP | 17 IPX | 1000 MLC | 4660 Bytes 3 and 4 indicate the address family. The address family uses the same mapping as the BSD sockets address family. A list of interesting address family mappings include: Address Family | Number ---------------+------- Internet | 2 NetWare | 6 MLC | 22136 The format the fifth and following bytes is dependent on the address family. For the Internet address family, bytes 5 and 6 contain the port number, bytes 7 through 10 contain the IP address, and the following eight bytes are unused. For NetWare, bytes 5 through 8 are the network number, bytes 9 through 14 are the node number, and bytes 15 and 16 are the socket number. Additional information: The length of the binary value is zero if the instance of an object in the rpc-bind-protocol-address array is not in use. An unfortunate side effect of the implementation is initializing the mass storage device sets this object back to the factory default value. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                         status-rpc 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.2
                                             rpc-statistic-successful 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.2.1
A counter indicating the number of RPC requests that completed successfully (reply_data stat is SUCCESS). The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                             rpc-statistic-unsuccessful 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.2.2
A counter indicating the number of RPC requests that completed unsuccessfully (reply_data stat is not SUCCESS). The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                             rpc-bound-protocol-address 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.2.3
An array of Berkeley sockets style protocol addresses that the NFS service has been bound to successful. The format is that same as the array of RPC-BIND-PROTOCOL- ADDRESS of objects. Additional information: Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                         rpc-services 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3
                                             mount 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.1
                                                 settings-mount 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.1.1
                                                     mount-test-return-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.1.1.1
This test object that will not be supported in any released product. Setting this object allows the next mount call return code to be specified. The POS will specify the binary format. Additional information: A one byte binary value. The byte indicates what procedure is being effected by this set. value | function ------+------------------ 1 | Mount will return an fhstatus of 0. 2 | Dump will return an empty table.
                                             nfs-server 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2
                                                 settings-nfs-server 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.1
                                                     nfs-server-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.1.1
The amount of memory, in bytes, used by the Network File System server to buffer file data. Additional information: Reports the amount of memory, in bytes, reserved for use by the NFS server. An unfortunate side effect of the implementation is initializing the mass storage device sets this object back to the factory default value. Also includes the memory used by other firmware components in addition to the NFS server. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                                     nfs-server-read-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.1.2
The maximum amount of data transferred in one NFS server read data call. Additional information: An unfortunate side effect of the implementation is initializing the mass storage device sets this object back to the factory default value. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed. Rebooting causes this value to reset to factory default. value < 256 snaps to 256 value > 1500 snaps to 1500
                                                     nfs-server-write-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.1.3
The maximum amount of data transferred in one NFS server write data call. Additional information: An unfortunate side effect of the implementation is initializing the mass storage device sets this object back to the factory default value. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                                     nfs-server-test-return-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.1.4
This test object that will not be supported in any released product. Setting this object allows the next NFS call return code to be specified. The POS will specify the binary format. Additional information: A three byte binary value. The first byte indicates what procedure is being effected by this set. value | function ------+------------------ 1 | GetAttr 2 | SetAttr 3 | reserved 4 | Lookup 5 | reserved 6 | Read 7 | reserved 8 | Write 9 | Create 10 | Remove 11 | Rename 12 | reserved 13 | reserved 14 | MkDir 15 | RmDir 16 | ReadDir 17 | StatFS The second byte is the stat value returned by the next call to procedure specified by the value of the first byte. The second byte can not be zero. Refer to RFC 1094 for a list of stat values. The third byte indicates which call to the specified file system routine will fail. A value of one means the first call will fail. A value of two means the second call will fail, and so on. Writing this object causes any previous write to this object to be invalidated.
                                                 status-nfs-server 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.2
                                                     nfs-server-statistic-successful 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.2.1
A counter indicating the number of NFS requests that completed without error. The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                                     nfs-server-statistic-unsuccessful 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.2.2
A counter indicating the number of NFS requests that completed with an NFS status other than NFS_OK (0). The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                                     nfs-server-statistic-current-memory-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.2.4
A value indicating the number of bytes of RAM currently used by the NFS firmware. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                                     nfs-server-statistic-max-memory-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.2.2.5
A value indicating the maximum number of bytes of RAM used by the NFS firmware. The POS should state if the value is reset to zero after a power cycle. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                             rpc-bind 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.3
                                                 settings-rpc-bind 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.3.1
                                                     rpc-bind-test-return-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.3.1.1
This test object that will not be supported in any released product. Setting this object allows the next RPC bind call return code to be specified. The POS will specify the binary format. Additional information: A one byte value. value | meaning ------+------------------ 1 | Next GetPort or GetAddr will receive port 0 | (indicating the service is not supported). 2 | Next Dump will receive an empty table.
                                                 status-rpc-bind 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.3.2
                                                     rpc-bind-statistic-successful 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.3.2.1
A counter indicating the number of RPC bind (RPC program number 100000, version 2) requests that completed successfully. The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                                     rpc-bind-statistic-unsuccessful 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.13.3.3.2.2
A counter indicating the number of RPC bind (RPC program number 100000, version 2) requests that completed unsuccessfully. The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                   xport-interface 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.14
                                         status-xip 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.14.2
                                             xip-statistic-processed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.14.2.1
A counter indicating the number of XIP requests that were processed. The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: The number of XIP datagrams that have been received by the XIP service. Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                             xip-statistic-data-in-dropped 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.14.2.2
A counter indicating the number of XIP data in datagrams that were dropped (typically due to the printer being flooded with XIP requests ). The POS should state if a power cycle causes the counter is be reset to zero. Additional information: Reset to the factory default value after a power cycle. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to access this object and there is no storage device is installed.
                                   mass-storage-block-driver 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15
                                         settings-mass-storage-bd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15.1
                                             ram-disk-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15.1.1
Returns or controls RAM disk support. eOFF turns off the RAM disk functionality. eOn turns on the RAM disk functionality and creates a RAM disk whose size is controlled by the RAM-DISK-SIZE object. eAuto turns on the RAM disk functionality and creates a RAM disk size determined by the printer based on installed options and other memory related settings. Additional information: Returns or controls RAM disk support. eOFF turns off the RAM disk functionality. eOn turns on the RAM disk functionality and creates a RAM disk whose size is controlled by the RAM-DISK-SIZE object. eAuto turns on the RAM disk functionality and creates a RAM disk size determined by the printer based on the amount of installed memory. The automatic size will be 25 percent of all memory above 4MB.
                                             ram-disk-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15.1.2
Returns or controls the size of the RAM disk. The device POS specifies the minimum memory requirements. The object MAXIMUM-RAM-DISK-MEMORY specifies the maximum memory available for the RAM disk. Additional information: Returns or controls the size of the RAM disk. The values that can be set depend on the current setting of the RAM-DISK-MODE object, and the amount of memory available above 4MB. Use the MAXIMUM-RAM-DISK-MEMORY object to determine the amount of additional memory available for the RAM disk.
                                         status-mass-storage-bd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15.2
                                             maximum-ram-disk-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15.2.1
This objects name is misleading. This object does not return the maximum configurable RAM disk size. Instead, it returns the maximum amount of memory, in bytes, that can used to increase the size of the RAM disk. Additional information: This object returns the maximum amount of additional memory that is available for increasing the size of the RAM disk.
                                         mass-storage-block-drivers 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15.3
                                             mass-storage-bd2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15.3.2
                                                 settings-msbd2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15.3.2.1
                                                     disk-storage-block-driver2-test-return-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.15.3.2.1.1
This test object will not be supported in any released product. Setting this object allows the next call to the mass storage block driver 2 to return the specified code. The POS will specify the binary format. Additional information: The hrDeviceIndex value for the mass storage device is the same value that is used to index into the DISK-STORAGE-BLOCK-DRIVERS sub-tree. Since this product only supports one mass storage device, the hrDeviceIndex for the mass storage device will be 2 if the mass storage device is installed. The value is a two byte value. The value of the first byte indicates the return code, as described in the following table: value | meaning ------+------------------ 1 | After the next power cycle, indicate the | mass storage device is not installed. Only affects the | printer state after the next power cycle. 2 | After the next power cycle, indicate the | mass storage device is not initialized. Changes the | contents of the mass storage device so the mass storage device becomes | uninitialized. 3 | After the next power cycle, indicate the | mass storage device is defective. Only affects the | printer state after the next power cycle. 4 | Cause the specified call to the read block | routine to indicate read failure. 5 | Cause the specified call to the write block | routine to indicate write failure. 6 | After the next power cycle, indicate the | mass storage device failed the power-on self-test, but | completed the initialization sequence | successfully. Only affects the | printer state after the next power cycle. 7 | Cause the driver to behave, after the next power | cycle, as if the mass storage device had the serial number | SN00000000. This is a one-shot effect and the | driver reverts to normal behavior if the printer | is power cycled a second time. The second byte indicates on which call to the specified block driver the failure will start to occur. If the value of the first bytes is four or five, then the value of the second byte in indicates which call to the specified block driver routine will fail. A value of one means the first call will fail. A value of two means the second call will fail, and so on. If the value of the first byte is one, two, three, six, or seven, then the value of the second byte is ignored. Writing this object causes any previous write to this object to be invalidated.
                                   accounting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16
                                         printer-accounting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1
                                             printed-media-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1
                                                 printed-media-simplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.1
Total number of simplex pages printed in this media size. Additional information: The 5 usage (simplex/duplex count, simplex/duplex click charge and paper size total) objects described here and below detail the usage for the printer for each paper size defined in the PCL Implementors Guide and in the Media Size Table in the hpmib.txt. The OID binding is based on the click attribute and paper size. For example: The format for the OID is as follows: 3.4.1.5.x.y <-----> | | | | \ / | paper size / \ PRINTER-CLICK_TOTALS ROOT \ OID click attribute 1..5 x values are 1..5: 1) simplex count 2) simplex click charge 3) duplex count 4) duplex click charge 5) printer or scanner paper size total (i.e. depends if the root OID is referrring to the printer or scanner). y : paper size as defined in the Media Size Table in the hpmib.txt
                                                 printed-media-simplex-charge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.2
Charge for each simplex page printed in this media size.
                                                 printed-media-duplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.3
Total number of duplex pages printed in this media size.
                                                 printed-media-duplex-charge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.4
Charge for each duplex page printed in this media size. Additional information: The click charges for duplex printed media.
                                                 printed-media-total-charge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.5
The total charge for pages printed in this media size.
                                                 printed-media-combined-total 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.7
Total number of letter equivalently weighted pages both color and mono combined with this printer
                                                 printed-media-dimplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.10
Total number of mono dimplex pages printed in this media size. A dimplex page is one that has been printed in duplex mode but the back side is blank. Dimplex pages occur when the printer firmware inserts a blank page in order to complete a duplexed job which is sent to the printer with an odd number of pages
                                                 printed-media-combined-simplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.11
Total number of simplex pages printed on this media size
                                                 printed-media-combined-duplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.12
Total number of duplex pages printed on this media size
                                                 impression-based-duplex-count-supported 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.1.15
The object is used to get the information on new duplex counting mechanism. With this new mechanism the Duplex count would represent actual Duplex count and not half of the count. eTrue means feature is available for the user
                                             usage-printer-total-charge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.2
Total printer charge for all paper sizes printed.
                                             usage-average-toner-coverage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.3
Reports the average toner area coverage of all pages printed over the life of the device. Counts pixels on each page, divides pixel count by pixels possible on a page to give the percentage of coverage, and keeps a rolling average percent weighted by area printed.
                                             usage-staple-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.4
Total number of staples used.
                                             usage-instructions-line1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.5
The first line of usage instructions for the device user.Appears on Line 1 of the usage page.
                                             usage-instructions-line2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.6
The second line of usage instructions for the device user.Appears on Line 1 of the usage page.
                                             usage-instructions-line3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.7
The third line of usage instructions for the device user.Appears on Line 1 of the usage page.
                                             usage-instructions-line4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.8
The fourth line of usage instructions for the device user.Appears on Line 1 of the usage page.
                                             print-meter-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14
                                                   print-meter-usage-threshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.2
A value indicating the threshold value for this category of pages. The device POS will indicate the units of measure for this threshold value
                                                   print-meter-print-quality 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.3
This enumeration describes the selected print quality for this category of printed pages
                                                   print-meter-simplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.4
Total number of simplex pages printed for this category of printed pages
                                                   print-meter-duplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.5
Total number of duplex pages printed for this category of printed pages
                                                   print-meter-total-charge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.6
Total number of simplex plus duplex pages printed multiplied by the unit charge for each given media size for this category of printed pages
                                                   print-meter-dimplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.7
Total number of dimplex pages printed for this category of printed pages
                                                   print-meter-simplex-total 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.8
Total number of simplex pages printed for this category of printed pages
                                                   print-meter-duplex-total 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.9
Total number of duplex pages printed for this category of printed pages
                                                   print-meter-category-total 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.10
Total number of simplex plus duplex pages printed for this category of printed pages
                                                   print-meter-dimplex-total 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.1.14.11
Total number of dimplex pages printed for this category of printed pages
                                         scanner-accounting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.2
                                             scanned-media-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.2.1
                                                 scanned-media-simplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.2.1.1
Total number of simplex pages scanned, for this media size. Additional information: The 5 usage (simplex/duplex count, simplex/duplex click charge and paper size total) objects described here and below detail the usage for the scanner for each paper size defined in the PCL Implementors Guide and in the Media Size Table in the hpmib.txt. The OID binding is based on the click attribute and paper size. For example: The format for the OID is as follows: 3.4.1.5.x.y <-----> | | | | \ / | paper size / \ PRINTER-CLICK_TOTALS ROOT \ OID click attribute 1..5 x values are 1..5: 1) simplex count 2) simplex click charge 3) duplex count 4) duplex click charge 5) printer or scanner paper size total (i.e. depends if the root OID is referrring to the printer or scanner). y : paper size as defined in the Media Size Table in the hpmib.txt The click charge objects are of data type real and have a single digit of precision. Setting these objects to more than a single digit of precision will cause truncation at a single digit, for example, if click charge is set to 15.475 and later retrieved with a get, the value will be 15.400 for this object.
                                                 scanned-media-simplex-charge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.2.1.2
Charge for each simplex page printed in this media size.
                                                 scanned-media-duplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.2.1.3
Total number of duplex pages scanned, for this media size.
                                                 scanned-media-duplex-charge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.2.1.4
Charge for each duplex page scanned, for this media size.
                                                 scanned-media-total-charge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.2.1.5
The total charge for pages scanned, for this media size.
                                             usage-scanner-total-charge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.2.2
Total scanner charge or cost for all paper sizes scanned.
                                         printer-color-accounting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.3
                                             printed-media-color-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.3.1
                                                 printed-media-color-simplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.3.1.1
Total number of color simplex pages printed in this media size
                                                 printed-media-color-duplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.3.1.3
Total number of color duplex pages printed in this media size
                                                 printed-media-color-total-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.3.1.5
The total count for color pages printed in this media size
                                                 printed-media-color-dimplex-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.3.1.6
Total number of color dimplex pages printed in this media size. A color dimplex page is a color page that has been printed in duplex mode but the back side is blank. Dimplex pages occur when the printer firmware inserts a blank page in order to complete a duplexed job which is sent to the printer with an odd number of pages
                                         printed-modes-accounting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.4
                                             printed-modes-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.4.1
                                                 printed-modes-mono-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.4.1.1
Total number of mono pages printed in this fuser mode
                                                 printed-modes-color-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.4.1.3
Total number of color pages printed in this fuser mode
                                                 printed-modes-total-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.4.1.5
The total count for pages printed in this fuser mode
                                         source-tray-accounting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.5
                                             source-tray-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.5.1
                                                 source-tray-usage-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.5.1.1
Total number of pages printed from this source tray
                                         destination-bin-accounting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.6
                                             destination-bin-usage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.6.1
                                                 destination-bin-usage-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.16.6.1.1
Total number of pages printed to this destination bin
                                   firmware-download 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.18
                                         firmware-download-write-status-supported 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.18.1
This object provides information on whether the printer has the ability to communicate the write-status of the firmware download while the download is taking place.
                                         firmware-download-write-time 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.18.2
If the design of the firmware-download implementation does not allow PML interaction during the download process, this value provides an estimation of the time where the printer will not be able to engage in PML communication. Additional information: If the design of the firmware-download implementation does not allow PML interaction during the download process, this value provides an estimation of the time where the printer will not be able to engage in PML communication. The calculated time is expected to be 140 secs. However, this time may increase as high as 280 secs as the flash part nears the maximum flash count.
                                         firmware-download-write-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.18.3
Tells the number of times that firmware has been downloaded to the flash part. Additional information: Tells the number of times that firmware has been downloaded to the flash part. The default value will vary depending on how many times the firmware is rolled before shipping.
                                         firmware-download-current-state 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.18.4
Provides the current or last reportable state of the firmware download process. The current state may not necessarily be the current state, but could be the post-mortem state.
                                         firmware-download-maximum-write-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.18.5
Reports the manufacturer specified number of times that firmware can be downloaded to the flash part. A value of -1 means that there is no limit. A value of 0 means that downloading firmware is not permitted by this part. Any other positive integer value corresponds to the number of times that firmware can be downloaded to the flash part. Additional information: Reports the manufacturer specified number of times that firmware can be downloaded to the flash part. A value of -1 means that there is no limit. A value of 0 means that downloading firmware is not permitted by this part. Any other positive integer value corresponds to the number of times that firmware can be downloaded to the flash part. The current maximum write count is 500. This may change as flash technology evolves.
                                         firmware-download-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.18.6
This returns the name of the printer. This should match the name in the header of the upgrade image being sent to the flash part. If the name does not match with the name returned then the image that we are attempting to download does not upgrade the printer firmware. Additional information: This object returns the HP name of the printer. This should match what is in the PJL header of the RFU job Web Jet Admin uses this to ensure the printer is available to be upgraded.
                                         firmware-download-version 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.18.7
This object will return a string value representing the current revision of firmware that the printer is operating with. This is used to determine if code needs to be upgraded when an firmware bundle comes in, in an upgrade job. Additional information: Web Jet Admin uses the version string that is returned to determine what peices of an RFU bundle need to be upgraded when an RFU job is being built. This objects will return the version string of the printer.
                                   operating-system 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.19
                                   upgradable-devices 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.20
                                         upgradable-devices-write-status-supported 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.20.1
This object provides information on whether the upgradable device has the ability to communicate the write-status of the upgrade while the upgrade is taking place.
                                         upgradable-devices-write-time 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.20.2
If the design of the device upgrade implementation does not allow PML interaction during the download process, this value provides an estimation of the time where the device will not be able to engage in PML communication. The time returned will depend upon what device is attempting to be upgraded.
                                         upgradable-devices-write-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.20.3
Tells the number of times that firmware for device X has been downloaded to the flash part. The default value will vary depending on how many times the firmware is rolled before shipping.
                                         upgradable-devices-current-state 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.20.4
Provides the current or last reportable state of the device upgrade process. The current state may not necessarily be the current state, but could be the post-mortem state.
                                         upgradable-devices-max-write-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.20.5
Reports the manufacturer specified number of times that firmware for device X can be downloaded to the flash part. A value of -1 means that there is no limit. A value of 0 means that downloading firmware is not permitted by this part. Any other positive integer value corresponds to the number of times that the firmware for device X can be downloaded to the flash part. The current maximum write count is 500. This may change as flash technology evolves.
                                         upgradable-devices-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.20.6
This returns the name of the upgradable device. This should match the name in the header of the upgrade image being sent to the flash part. If the name does not match with any of the names returned then the device that we are attempting to upgrade is unavailable for upgrading. Additional information: This object returns the HP name of the printer and the upgradable devices. There is one Name object per upgradable device. This should match what is in the PJL header of the RFU job Web Jet Admin uses this to ensure the printer or device is available to be upgraded.
                                         upgradable-devices-version 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.20.7
This object will return a string value representing the current revision of firmware that device X is operating with. This is used to determine if code needs to be upgraded when an firmware bundle comes in, in an upgrade job. Additional information: Web Jet Admin uses the version string that is returned to determine what peices of an RFU bundle need to be upgraded when an RFU job is being built. This internal object will return the current version string of the printer or device that it corresponds to.
                                         remote-upgrade-enable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.20.8
Enables or disables the ability to upgrade the firmware associated with any device that is available to be upgraded. This will be set to on or off at the RFU level in that if this mode is on any available device can be upgraded and if this mode is off none of the devices can be upgraded. There is not an individual mode for each device. Trying to set this to a value other than eOn or eOff will cause an UnsupportedValue error to occur.
                                   warninglog 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22
                                         warning1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.1
                                         warning2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.2
                                         warning3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.3
                                         warning4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.4
                                         warning5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.5
                                         warning6 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.6
                                         warning7 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.7
                                         warning8 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.8
                                         warning9 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.9
                                         warning10 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.10
                                         warning11 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.11
                                         warning12 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.12
                                         warning13 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.13
                                         warning14 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.14
                                         warning15 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.15
                                         warning16 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.16
                                         warning17 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.17
                                         warning18 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.18
                                         warning19 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.19
                                         warning20 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.20
                                         warning21 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.21
                                         warning22 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.22
                                         warning23 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.23
                                         warning24 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.24
                                         warning25 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.25
                                         warning26 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.26
                                         warning27 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.27
                                         warning28 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.28
                                         warning29 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.29
                                         warning30 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.30
                                         warning31 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.31
                                         warning32 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.32
                                         warning33 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.33
                                         warning34 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.34
                                         warning35 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.35
                                         warning36 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.36
                                         warning37 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.37
                                         warning38 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.38
                                         warning39 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.39
                                         warning40 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.40
                                         warning41 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.41
                                         warning42 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.42
                                         warning43 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.43
                                         warning44 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.44
                                         warning45 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.45
                                         warning46 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.46
                                         warning47 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.47
                                         warning48 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.48
                                         warning49 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.49
                                         warning50 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.22.50
                                   security 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.23
                                         settings-security 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.23.1
                                             supports-pjl-user-groups 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.23.1.1
Returns eTrue if the device is able to process PJL user group variables. See the PJL Technical Reference for the proper syntax for setting these variables. Because there may be many user groups in some environments, this object allows a client application to optimize the print job by including user groups only when the device is able to process them
                                   settings-system2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25
                                         toner-miser-plus-value 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.1
This object is used to enable/disable toner miser plus feature
                                         toner-miser-plus-supported 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.2
The supported values are ON and OFF. The toner miser plus feature is turned OFF by default
                                         protect-ews-info-tab 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.17
This PML object is used by the WJA tool to allow administrators to enable or disable EWS information tab protection. When this option in selected/turned on the user will not be able to MAX-ACCESS anything on the EWS without logging in with the EWS device <<hidden>>(in case the EWS device <<hidden>> is configured). If the option is turned off the user will be able to access the information tab on the EWS page without providing the EWS device <<hidden>>(in case the EWS device <<hidden>> is configured), for all other tabs on the EWS page the user will have to login with EWS device <<hidden>>
                                         eprint-opt-in 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.19
This object is the master switch for the ePrint feature. By default this should be eOff(1). This differs from EPRINT-ENABLED in that ePrint connot be registered with the cloud when this is diabled while EPRINT-ENABLED allows registration and temporary disablement
                                         eprint-enabled 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.20
Returns the current setting of the ePrint feature
                                         eprint-email-address 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.21
This is the configured ePrint email address
                                         eprint-email 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.22
This object reports the current setting of ePrint e-mail
                                         eprint-printer-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.23
This is the configured ePrint printer code
                                         eprint-hp-web-services 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.24
This object reports the current setting of the ePrint web services
                                         eprint-jdi-interface 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.25
This number represents the instance of jdi that has ePrint registered
                                         eprint-supported 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.31
This object is used to indicate whether the device supports ePrint or not. By default this should be eOff(1), but will be set to eOn(2) if the device supports ePrint
                                         eprint-supported-jdi 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.32
This object is used to indicate whether the JDI supports ePrint or not. By default this should be eOff(1), but will be set to eOn(2) if JDI supports ePrint
                                         fax-init-at-command 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.47
This custom fax modem commands will be executed on the modem every time a fax modem is initialized along with the predefined set of commands
                                         set-primary-interface-index 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.59
Sets the index of the primary network interface to be used for outbound routing. Index 1 is EIO, 2 is wireless station, 3 is wireless access point and 4 is JDI.
                                         wireless-direct-print-setting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.1.25.60
Enable or disable wireless direct printing.
                               source-subsystem 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2
                                   io 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1
                                       settings-io 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.1
                                           io-timeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.1.1
The amount of time, in seconds, to wait for more print job data to be received before an I/O timeout occurs. The I/O channel being timed is the I/O channel that received the data associated with the current print job. If an I/O timeout occurs, the PDL processing sub-system assumes all the data associated with the current print job has been received, and processes the end of job in an PDL specific manner. The POS specifies the supported values. Additional information: If an I/O timeout occurs,the PDL processing sub-system will consider it an end of job condition only if there is data from another I/O subsystem waiting to be processed. The supported values are 5 to 300 seconds. Setting to a value outside the supported range returns <noError> status and the value will be snapped to the nearest supported value.
                                           io-switch 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.1.2
Indicates if the device will switch between I/O channels when a job boundary is encountered and print job data is available on another I/O channel.
                                           io-buffering 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.1.5
Returns or controls the manner in which the device performs I/O data buffering. I/O data buffering allows additional print job data to be buffered by the I/O sub- system in an effort to allow the computer sending the data to perform other tasks and to keep the PDL processing sub-system busy. eOff, I/O buffering is disabled. When eOn, I/O buffering is enabled and the IO-BUFFER-SIZE object controls the amount of memory set aside for I/O buffer. When eAuto, I/O buffering is enabled and the I/O buffer size is determined automatically by the device and the IO-BUFFER-SIZE object is not used. Additional information: In a PCL-only printer, all values may be set at any time. When there is less than 4M of memory installed, setting this object to eOn or eAuto will cause <badValue> to be returned. At exactly 4M of memory, eOn is not a valid setting. At more than 4M of memory any setting is valid, subject to the conditions listed in the interactions below.
                                           io-buffer-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.1.6
Returns or configures the amount of memory, in bytes, dedicated to I/O print job data buffering. Attempting to set to an unsupported value causes the device to use the closest supported value. Each device POS should document the list of supported values. Additional information: In LaserJet 4050 Series the minimum supported value is 10K bytes (10240). The maximum supported value is dependent on total memory installed and the amount of memory currently being used by other memory consumers. Use the MAXIMUM-IO-BUFFERING-MEMORY object to determine this value. The following rules determine legal values for this object: 1) Sizes less than 10K bytes will snap to 10K bytes. 2) Sizes between 10K and 100K bytes will be rounded to the nearest 10K. 3) Sizes between 100K bytes and the maximum value allowed will round to the nearest 100K bytes. If the value had to be snapped or rounded, <noError> will be returned along with the actual value that was written. Attempting to set this object when IO-BUFFERING is eOff will cause a status of <genErr> to be returned. When IO-BUFFERING is eOff, reading this object will return a value of zero.
                                           maximum-io-buffering-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.1.7
This objects name is misleading. Returns the maximum amount of additional memory, in bytes, that can be dedicated to buffering print job data.
                                       status-io 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.2
                                           not-ready-source-io 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.2.1
Indicates if the I/O sub-system in the device is not ready. If there are no items in the collection (i.e. no bits are set), then the I/O sub-system is ready. If there is an item present, then the item indicates what is causing the I/O sub-system to be not ready. If the I/O sub-system is not ready due to a soft error, the soft error is considered to be an auto-continuable error, thus it can be acknowledged by setting the CONTINUE object to eTrue.
                                           status-source-io 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.2.2
Indicates if the I/O sub-system in a warning condition.
                                       ports 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.3
                                           port1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.3.1
                                               parallel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.3.1.1
                                                   parallel-speed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.3.1.1.4
Returns or changes the maximum parallel I/O port speed. An eSlow setting causes a 10 us busy pulse per received byte of data. An eFast setting causes a 1.5 us busy pulse per received byte of data. In rare cases, setting this value to eFast can cause the parallel port to no longer transfer data reliably.
                                                   parallel-bidirectionality 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.3.1.1.5
Returns or changes whether the parallel I/O port supports bidirectional communication.
                                               port1-parallel-speed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.3.1.4
Returns or changes the maximum parallel I/O port speed, for port 1. This object is only supported if this port is a parallel port. An eSlow setting causes a 10 us busy pulse per received byte of data. An eFast setting causes a 1.5 us busy pulse per received byte of data. In rare cases, setting this value to eFast can cause the parallel port to no longer transfer data reliably.
                                               port1-parallel-bidirectionality 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.1.3.1.5
Returns or changes whether the parallel I/O port supports bidirectional communication for port 1. This object is only supported if this port is a parallel port. Additional information: A get on this object returns the current mode for the parallel port. Setting this object specifies whether or not bidirectional communications will be allowed.
                                   scanner 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2
                                       settings-scanner 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1
                                           scan-contrast 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.1
Behaves as SCLs Set Scanner Contrast Level command which is used for setting the scanner contrast level. Range is 0..100. Additional information: There are 11 different tonemap that will be used on scan images to change the contrast. Software can set the contrast setting to -125, -100, -75, -50, -25, 0, 50, 75, 100, and 125 to select the different tonemaps. A user can also set the value to -127, which is a special mode used by manufacturing to tell the device to use all linear tonemaps and to perform no gamma correction. The scan pml object does not snap the pml scan-contrast. However, the contrast setting is mapped to the correct tonemap within the device.
                                           scan-resolution 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.2
struct { unsigned_32bit x_res; /* 1st four bytes; big endian */ unsigned_32bit y_res; /* 2nd four bytes; big endian */ } Sets the scanning resolution. The x and y resolutions in this object are in fixed-point with 16 bits of fraction, and 16 bits of integer, and are in dots per inch. X is horizontal; Y is vertical. Examples of computing x_res and y_res: 300 dots/inch:round(300 * 65536) = 19660800 16 dots/mm: round(16 * 25.4 * 65536) = 26633830. If the device does not support the given combination, then itll select the nearest supported values in a device-dependent manner (documented in the POS). Additional information: The 4-pack device will support only: 100, 150, 200, 300 and 600. The Host SW may scale the image to many more resolutions. If an invalid resolution setting is passed to the device or the setting is greater than the max value(600ppi), the device will set the resolution to the default value. If the resolution setting is not 100, 150, 200, 300 or 600, the value is snapped up. For instance, if the value is < 100, the resolution is snapped to 100. If the value is between 101-149, the value is snapped to 150, etc. NOTE: The last 16 bits of the horizontal and vertical settings are ignored. Only the first 16 bits of the horizontal and vertical resolution setting are used.
                                           scan-pixel-data-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.3
Sets the method used when scanning. eBiLevelThesholded - One bit per pixel, using simple thresholding of greyscale scan data. eBiLevelHalfToned - One bit per pixel, using some kind of half-toning technique (such as dithering or error- diffusion) to approximate greyscale scan data. eGrey16 - 4 bits per pixel to represent 16 shades of grey. eGrey64 - 6 bits per pixel to represent 64 shades of grey. e3BitColor - 1 bit thresholded per Red, Green, and Blue plane. eGrey128 - 7 bits per pixel to represent 128 shades of grey. eGrey256 - 8 bits per pixel to represent 256 shades of grey. e24BitColor - 24 bits per pixel, 8 bits for Red, 8 bit for Green, and 8 bits for Blue.
                                           scan-compression 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.4
Indicates the type of data compression applied to the image data in the scanning upload session.
                                           scan-compression-factor 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.5
Indicates the level of compression to be applied to the scanned image data for upload. Range is normalized to be between 0..100. The device POS determines the mapping of the normalized scale to the actual Q factor for JPEG. Additional information: The 4-pack will use the SCAN-COMPRESSION-FACTOR for JPEG as described above in the General Description.
                                           scan-upload-error 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.6
Error status of the image scanning upload session.
                                           scan-upload 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.12
Handshake mechanism between host and device to initiate scan operation and coordinate the transfer of scanned image data to the host. This object serves both as an indicator of scan upload activity as well as a trigger for the host to alter scan upload progress. The handshake is on a per page basis to allow greater host control. eScanUploadIdle - indicates the scan upload activity is not occurring. Host setting this object to eScanUploadIdle from eScanUploadActive will cause the scan upload activity to be prematurely terminated. Host may set object to this state at any time. Device sets object to this state only upon initial power up but will otherwise never set to this state of its own accord. eScanUploadStart - indicates host requesting to commence a scan to host operation. Host may set object to this state from eScanUploadIdle or eScanUploadNewPage. Device will not set object to this state of its own accord. eScanUploadActive - indicates scan upload activity is occurring. The device sets object to this state to indicate host may commence receiving scanned image data. During this state, the device will be writing scanned image data to the I/O channel. eScanUploadAborted - indicates the scanning and scan upload activity has terminated in error state. This value is set by the device. This state is not settable by the host. The host should transition this state to eScanUploadIdle. eScanUploadDone - indicates the device is signaling successful completion of scan upload activity and there are no more document pages in the scanner/ADF. The application should set this object to eScanUploadIdle. eScanUploadNewPage - indicates the device is signaling successful completion of scan upload activity for the current page and there remains at least one page in the scanner/ADF available for scanning. Host may choose to begin scan upload cycle by setting object to eScanUploadStart or end the cycle by setting object to eScanUploadIdle. Additional information: eScanUploadNewPage - indicates the device is signaling successful completion of scan upload activity for the current page. There may be a page in the device or not. The device will wait to prefeed another page until the application sets the object to eScanUploadStart. This was to fix a bug on HP LaserJet 1100 that a prefed page would cause a jam if the application set the object to eScanUploadIdle. The application could not create another scan job until the prefed page was removed. Host may choose to begin scan upload cycle by setting object to eScanUploadStart or end the cycle by setting object to eScanUploadIdle.
                                           default-scanner-margin-left 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.16
Sets the left scanner margin. The unit of measure should be documented in the device POS. Additional information: The margin value must be a multiple of 4 for alignment reasons. If the entered value is not a multiple of 4, the resolution value will be snapped down to the closest value divisible by 4.
                                           default-scanner-margin-right 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.17
Sets the right scanner margin. The unit of measure should be documented in the device POS. Additional information: The margin value must be a multiple of 4 for alignment reasons. If the entered value is not a multiple of 4, the resolution value will be snapped down to the closest value divisible by 4.
                                           scanner-accessory-serial-number 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.18
Identifies the serial number for the scanner accessory. If this is a writable object, the POS should indicate the maximum supported string length. This string should only use characters from the US-ASCII code set. Additional information: The serial number is 5 digit decimal number.
                                           scanner-accessory-model-number 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.19
Model number of the scanner accessory. This string should only use characters from the US-ASCII code set. Additional information: Model number for the Fujitsu scanner.
                                           scanner-accessory-adf-sheet-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.20
Total number of sheets that have been fed through the Automatic Document Feed (ADF) accessory. Additional information: The Automatic Document Feed (ADF) count is incremented each time a sheet feeds through the ADF.
                                           scanner-accessory-flatbed-scan-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.21
Total number of scans performed by a flatbed scanner accessory. Additional information: The count is only incremented when a sheet is scanned on the FLATBED.
                                           scanner-accessory-cleaning-interval 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.22
Recommended cleaning interval in units of sheets scanned. Additional information: Recommended cleaning interval is in units of sheets scanned.
                                           scanner-accessory-cleaning-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.23
The number of sheets scanned since the last cleaning was performed. Additional information: The number of sheets that have gone through the ADF since the last cleaning was performed.
                                           scanner-accessory-maintenance-interval 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.24
Recommended maintenance interval in units of sheets scanned. Additional information: Recommended maintenance interval is in units of sheets scanned.
                                           scanner-accessory-maintenance-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.25
The number of sheets scanned since the last maintenance was performed. Additional information: The number of sheets that have gone through the ADF since the last maintenance was performed.
                                           scanner-accessory-rom-revision 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.26
ROM revision of the scanner accessory firmware. Additional information: ROM revision of the Fujitsu scanner is downloaded from the scanner after the attached scanner establishes communications to the printer.
                                           scanner-accessory-copy-processor-boot-revision 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.27
Boot ROM revision of scanner copy processor firmware. Boot code to initialize the copy processor, establish communications with the scanner, and load the runtime code. Additional information: Boot ROM revision of the Pixel Magic - Copy Processor firmware is downloaded from the scanner after the attached scanner establishes communications to the printer.
                                           scanner-accessory-copy-processor-runtime-revision 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.28
Revision of the runtime firmware for the scanner copy processor. Runtime code which retrieves scanned data from the scanner and sends it to other devices such as a printer or PC host. Additional information: Revision of Pixel Magic - Copy Processor firmware shipped on the disk which is download into RAM for execution.
                                           scanner-accessory-service-agent-revision 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.29
Revision of scanner service agent firmware. Service agent which accepts scanned data and processes scanner copy processor requests, resident in a device such as a printer or PC host. Additional information: Revision of the Scanner Service Agent firmware shipped on the disk as a Service Provider entity to retrieve scanned data from the scanner.
                                           scanner-accessory-control-panel-user-interface-revision 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.30
Revision of the control panel user interface firmware. Additional information: Revision of the copy processor user interface firmware shipped on the disk.
                                           scan-calibration 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.32
                                                 scan-calibration-target 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.32.18
This object is used by the host to check which type of calibration this scan device supports. The device pos will describe the meaning and intent of each type of scan calibration supported. Additional information: This object is used by the host to check which type of calibration the firmware supports. This is in anticipation of the fact that the initial release of HP Laserjet 3200 will be calibrated off of a sheet, but the Rest of World release will be calibrated off of the platen.
                                           scanner-accessory-nvram 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.33
Returns the contents of the NVRAM (Non-Volatile RAM) located in the scanner accessory. Additional information: Read bytes 0..39 of the NVRAM in the scanner. The Fujitsu Controller board has a total of 128 bytes of NVRAM.
                                           scanner-accessory-nvram2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.34
Returns the second part of the contents of the NVRAM (Non-Volatile RAM) located in the scanner accessory. Additional information: Read bytes 40..79 of the NVRAM in the scanner. The Fujitsu Controller board has a total of 128 bytes of NVRAM.
                                           scanner-accessory-nvram3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.35
Returns the third part of the contents of the NVRAM (Non-Volatile RAM) located in the scanner accessory. Additional information: Read bytes 80..119 of the NVRAM in the scanner. The Fujitsu Controller board has a total of 128 bytes of NVRAM.
                                           scanner-accessory-nvram4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.36
Returns the fourth part of the contents of the NVRAM (Non-Volatile RAM) located in the scanner accessory. Additional information: Read bytes 120..127 of the NVRAM in the scanner. The Fujitsu Controller board has a total of 128 bytes of NVRAM.
                                           ui-add-option 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.37
Lets the host application set up target (eg.scan) destinations. The destinations can be a host network address and/or an application to be launched on that host. The string sent down has a list of KEYWORD=value; items. The data sent down also contains a string to be displayed in the device LCD display. The device POS specifies the number of strings that can be handled (eg. 20) and the replacement/expiration policy as new target destinations are added. Additional information: For push scanning on the 4-pack, there will be a limitation to the number of unique strings sent to the device via UI-ADD-OPTION. A host registers for push scanning by using the UI-ADD-OPTION object. HP Laserjet 3200 will limit the number of hosts registered for push scanning to 20. HP LaserJet 1220 will have a limitation of 1. Another limitation for the 4-pack is that the DISPLAY value must be at most 18 characters. This limitation is due to the control panel display.
                                           ui-select-option 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.38
Triggers a job from the device based on the option selected.
                                           ui-delete-option 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.42
Lets the host application delete target eg. scan destinations that were setup with UI-ADD-OPTION. The host sends down the entire string that was sent earlier. The firmware looks for an exact match in its lists and deletes the requested option. Additional information: Removes an existing option only if it is uniquely matched by the given object value.
                                           scanner-jam-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.43
Indicates a count of the total pages jammed in the scannerslifetime.
                                           scanner-adf-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.44
Indicates a count of the total pages scanned through the ADF on the device. This may include scan to host jobs, copyjobs, and fax jobs. If only the total pages scanned to the host are wanted, use SCAN-ADF-PAGE-COUNT.
                                           scan-adf-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.45
Indicates the total pages scanned through the ADF to the host from the device. If the total pages scanned through the scanner are needed for all features, including copy and fax jobs, use the SCANNER-ADF-PAGE-COUNT object.
                                           scan-image-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.46
Indicates the image type of the scan data.
                                           scan-subsample 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.47
Indicates the subsampling used for Scan Data. 4:1:1, 4:2:2, and 4:3:3 subsampling are used to modify the scan image quality and amount of scan data by reducing the number of samples or pixels of the luminous and chrominance data.
                                           scanner-retrieve-scanline 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.48
This object facilitates the sending of a scan line of data from the scanner to a host. It grabs either raw or corrected data. SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly to use this object. cScannerRequestRawScanLine - This is set by the host in order to signal to the firmware that it wants an scan line of raw (no PRNU or DSNU correction)data to be sent back up to the host. cScannerRequestCorrectedScanLine - This is set by the host in order to signal to the firmware that it wants a scan line of corrected (PRNU or DSNU correction) data to be sent back up to the host. cScannerSendDataRequest - This is set by firmware to indicate that it has acquired the scan line from scan engine and is ready to send the data to the host. cScannerSendDataOK - This is set by the host to indicate that it is ready to receive the data from the device. cScannerSendDataDone - This is set by the firmware to indicate that the transfer of data is complete. cScannerPickSheet - This is set by the host to tell the device to pick and stage the sheet of paper in the ADF. cScannerFlushSheet - This is set by the host to tell the device to flush the sheet of paper currently in the device. Additional information: This object is meant to be used by Manufacturing in order to facilitate the sending of a scan line of data from the scanner over HDT. It grabs either raw or corrected data.
                                           scanner-motor-control 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.49
This objects is set to the number of steps that the scan motor should move. SERVICE-PASSWORD must be setcorrectly to use this object. Additional information: This objects is set to the number of steps that the scan motor should move. It is meant to be used by Manufacturing in order to position the scanner shipping blocks.
                                           scan-height 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.50
Used to set the height of a scan image in Decapoints. The use of Decapoints as units of measure eliminates the need for the user to understand the scanner mechanics and the device supported resolutions. Additional information: This object will be used to set the height of the scan image. The height will be entered using the measurement of 1/720th of an inch. This will eliminate the host being tied to the scanner mechanics and needing to know what resolutions and number of lines the device supports.
                                           scanner-scanline-statistics 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.51
This object is used to obtain statistics about the scan line that was previously obtained using the SCANNER-RETRIEVE-SCANLINE object. Just as SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly for SCANNER-RETRIEVE-SCANLINE, it must be set correctly to use this object as well. Additional information: This object is used to obtain statistics about the scan line that was previously grabbed using the SCANNER_ RETRIEVE_SCANLINE object, max string is 256 bytes. The format is the following: max red value; position; min red value; position; max red pixel to pixel difference; position; red mean; max blue value; position; min blue value; position; max blue pixel to pixel difference; position; blue mean; max green value; position; min green value; position; max green pixel to pixel difference; position; green mean;
                                           scan-control-descriptor 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.52
Describes the control language and formats supported for this scanner.
                                           scan-gamma-correction 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.53
A 32-bit quantity that indicates the gamma correction to use on the scan image. The first 16 bits indicate the integral portion of the gamma correction. The last 16 bits indicate the fraction portion in units of 1/65536. An example is gamma correction value of 2.2 will be representedas 0x00023333 (2 & 13107/65536ths)). The 4-pack products (HP Laserjet 3200, HP Laserjet 1220, HP Laserjet 2200 & HP Laserjet 1200) software will set the gamma correction to be applied on the scan data. IPE SW will request a value of 1.0, which indicates no gamma correction. TWAIN software will request a value of 2.2 for grayscale scans and 2.9 for color scans. The device pos will indicate any deviation from the above description. Additional information: Indicates the gamma correction to use on the scan image. The first 16 bits indicate the integral portion of the gamma correction. The last 16 bits indicate the fraction portion and in units of 1/65536. An example is gamma correction value of 2.2 will be represented as 0x00023333 (2 & 13107/65536ths).
                                           scan-pad-image 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.54
Indicates if the scan image should be padded with white data or not.
                                           scanner-accessory-total-copy-pages-printed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.63
This relates to the number of copy pages printed on a device. The output sheet that is duplexed (made 2- sided) should be counted as 2 pages
                                           scan-flatbed-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.73
This object tracks the page count for the pages scanned from the flatbed.
                                           scanner-flatbed-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.74
This object tracks the page count for the pages scanned for all jobs from the flatbed. This includes scan to host jobs, fax jobs, and copy jobs.
                                           scanner-modular-hardware 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.75
Used to specify whether optional hardware is installed or not. Additional information: This HP LaserJet MFP uses this object to allow a host to query whether or not it has an ADF installed, Letter/A4 flatbed, or Legal flatbed.
                                           scanner-clock-edge-modifiers 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.84
This object accesses a table used by firmware to modify clock edge values for CCD scanner modules. Additional information: This object accesses a table used by firmware to modify clock edge values for CCD scanner modules.
                                           scan-clock-edges 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.85
Returns a table of clock edges used by the scanner. Additional information: Returns a table of clock edges used by the scanner.
                                           scan-emulate-copy 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.1.86
Setting this object to eYes will cause firmware to run the next scan job as if it were a copy job, using copy values for scanner h/w and image processing, and then return the data to the host as if it were a scan job. Setting this object to eNo will cause firmware to process scan jobs in the normal way. Additional information: Setting this object to eYes will cause firmware to run the next scan job as if it were a copy job, using copy values for scanner h/w and image processing, and then return the data to the host as if it were a scan job. Setting this object to eNo will cause firmware to process scan jobs in the normal way.
                                       status-scanner 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2
                                           not-ready-source-scanner 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.1
Indicates whether and why the scanner is not ready. A set bit indicates a problem. Additional information: ISSUES: HP LaserJet 1100 only used cScannerFeederJam. Tahiti does not have an ADF sensor. Can cScannerFeederEmpty still be used (i.e. when the device tries to pull a page, but the ADF is empty or a mispick occurred). cInvalidScannerMediaSize may be used. If a page is longer that 33 inches normally this would be shown to the host as a Jam. However, can the device use cInvalidScannerMediaSize instead?
                                           scan-resolution-range 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.3
Enumerates the range of selectable scanning resolutions. Format as follows: Each supported resolution is in the format: (m)x(n) where m describes the x dpi resolution along the paper width. n describes the y dpi resolution along the paper length. A scanner that supports several resolutions would enumerate each resolution separated by a comma. A scanner that supports a continuous resolution range would format its range as: (m1-m2)x(n1- n2) where m1 < m2, n1 < n2
                                           scan-calibration-download 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.5
Returns or changes the state of the calibration operation. cScanCalibrationIdle - indicates that calibration is not in progress. cScanCalibrationStart - This state is set by host to request calibration initiation. Device should not set to this state. cScanCalibrationActive - Indicates device is in calibration mode. Device sets cScanCalibrationActive to signal calibration is in process. cScanCalibrationAborted - Set by device to indicate calibration was prematurely terminated. Set by host when a calibration error occurs. cScanCalibrationSendDataRequest - Set by host when host wants to send data to the device. cScanCalibrationSendDataRequestOK - Set by the device to tell the host that the device is ready to accept data. cScanCalibrationSendDataRequestDone -Set by the device to indicate the data was received by the device. cScanCalibrationRequestScanBuffer - Set by the host to request a buffer from the device. cScanCalibrationDone - Set by the host to inform the device calibration is complete. The sequence of bits being set and the restrictions for setting bits should be documented in the device POS. Additional information: This object was originally defined for use on HP LaserJet 1100. HP Laserjet 3200 we will not be using values 3-6. These are no longer applicable since the calibration is completely contained within firmware.
                                           scan-calibration-error 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.6
Error status of the most recent calibration session. eNoError(1) - The calibation was successful. eUnknownCalibrationError(2) - An unknown error occurred. eScannerFeederEmpty(3) - The feeder contained nothing to scan. eLowMemory(4) - Insufficient memory available to complete the calibration. eWriteFailed(5) - Write to NVRAM failure. eScannerBusy(6) - Scanner is busy. Detailed information about the cause and remedy for each error should be documented in the device POS. Additional information: This object was originally defined for use on HP LaserJet 1100. We are proposing the new enums number 7-9. Note: Option 9 would only be set during a factory calibration to indicate that at least one pixel was not correctable by the digital calibration factors.
                                           scanner-button-status 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.7
Indicates the scanner button has been pressed. The value changes to eOn(2) when the button is pressed. The host acknowledges the button press by setting the value to eOff(1).
                                           scanner-lamp-gain-value 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.8
Provides PWM and analog gain for the color channels. The range will vary based on scan mode. The device specific POS should describe the valid range. The format is the following: PWM value; red analog gain; green analog gain; blue analog gain. Additional information: The range will vary based on scan mode. The values will differ from those of San Diego. The initial value can be obtained at the start of warmup and the final value can be obtained at the end of warmup. The warmup period is about 2 minutes. The format is the following PWM value; red analog gain; green analog gain; blue analog gain;. The valid values for PWM value are 580 - 730 and the valid values for analog gains are 1.00-5.80. The gains are reported with accuracy to 2 decimal places. A sample return value would be 584;1.00;1.34;1.00;
                                           scanner-light-monitor-window 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.9
Provides the pixel at which the LMW starts, as the ratio of the average LMW value to the six pixel average value. The device specific pos should specify the valid ranges for each value. The format is the following: LMW position; ratio of LMWavg to 6 pixel avg. Additional information: Provides the pixel at which the LMW starts as well as the ratio of the average LMW value over a 6 pixel average value. A algebraic representation of this ratio is: Average of Light Monitor Window pixels ______________________________________ Average of 6 test point pixels The 6 test point pixels do not inlcude any of the Light Monitor Window. A sample return value would be 50;0.059;.
                                           scanner-reference-position 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.10
Provides 3 pairs of x,y coordinates within a specified range of the calibrate reference position. The device specific POS should specify the valid ranges. The format is the following: x;y;x;y;x;y Additional information: Provides x,y coordinates within 1/300 of a line of the calibrate reference position. The 3 locations in order that are reported are the 1st Reference Mark, the 2nd Reference Mark, and the Document Origin. A sample return value would be 80,471;2523,2914;80,471;1;34326;27,32;193;35748;28,27;194;0,0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0,0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0,0;0;0,0;0;0;0 The extra 0s on the end are used specifically to gather information during the cimation process.
                                           scanner-sensor-manufacturer 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.11
Reports the scan sensor manufacturer. The device specific POS should list valid manufacturers. Additional information: Reports the scan sensor manufacturer. The device specific POS should list valid manufacturers.
                                           copy-scanner-dimensions 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.2.2.13
This object is used to obtain the exact pixel scan dimensions for copy. The dimensions returned correspond to the quality, reduce/enlarge, and media size currently selected. Additional information: This object is used to obtain the exact pixel scan dimensions for copy. The dimensions returned correspond to the quality, reduce/enlarge, and media size currently selected.
                                   fax-receive 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.3
                                       settings-fax-receive 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.3.1
                                           fax-receive-stamping-enable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.3.1.1
Controls whether or not incoming pages of a fax will be stamped upon receipt. Content of the stamp is device- specific but may include such information as date, time, fax station name, and page number. When this object is set to eEnabled each page of an incoming fax is stamped by the device. When this object is set to eDisabled incoming fax pages are not stamped. Additional information: When this object is set to eEnabled each page of an incoming fax is stamped with the date, time, fax station name, and page number. When this object is set to eDisabled incoming fax pages are not stamped. // The received fax page will be scaled down 0.03% to accomodate the header. No header will be printed on page 2 of paginated output.
                                       status-fax-receive 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.3.2
                                           not-ready-fax-receive 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.3.2.1
Indicates if the receiving fax sub-system in the device is not ready. If there are no items in the collection (i.e. no bits are set), then the receiving fax sub- system is ready. If there is an item present, then the item indicates what is causing the receiving fax sub- system to be not ready.
                                   spooler 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.4
                                       settings-spooler 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.4.1
                                           mopy-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.2.4.1.1
Controls or reports how mopies are generated. eOff turns off the mopy feature. eAuto allows the device to determine the best method for generating mopies based on the device configuration. eStandard spools the I/O data and replays the I/O data multiple times to generate the mopies. eEnhanced spools the rasterized page images and replays the rasterized data to generate the mopies. Typically, the rasterized data will be larger and will allow all but the first mopy to print at speed. If the job being mopied is not extremely complex, then the first mopy will print at speed also.
                               processing-subsystem 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3
                                   pdl 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3
                                       settings-pdl 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1
                                           default-orientation 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.2
Returns or changes the default orientation. The list of supported values should be documented in the device POS.
                                           default-copies 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.4
Returns or changes default copies. Default copies is the default values used by the PDL to control the number of copies of each page in the print job that are printed. The print job can override this value. The list of supported values should be documented in the device POS. Additional information: The supported values are 1 through 999. Setting to an unsupported value causes the printer to substitute in a snap value and to return <noError> status. The snaps are as follows: <1 snaps to 1 >999 snaps to 999
                                           form-feed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.5
Instructs the PDL processing sub-system to finishing processing the current page of the current job. Form feed is also known as close page or eject page. If the PDL processing sub-system is in a FORM-FEED-NEEDED state, this causes the device to flush or finish processing the current page of the current job. If the device is not in the FORM-FEED-NEEDED state, an <genErr> will occur.
                                           resource-saving 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.6
Returns or changes PDL resource saving. Resource saving stores a PDLs permanent soft resources, like fonts, even when another PDL is active. Resource saving is also called environment saving. When eOff, resource saving is disabled. When ON, resource saving is enabled and memory is set aside for each PDL based on that PDLs resource saving memory size object, to store that PDLs permanent soft resources. When eAuto, resource saving is enabled and memory space for each installed PDL is determined automatically. The device POS should document what values are legal when only one PDL is installed. Additional information: When PCL (including PCL/XL) is the only PDL installed in LaserJet 4050 Series, eOn is not a legal value. Attempting to set this object to eOn with a PCL-only printer will result in a status of <badValue> being returned. When Postscript is installed and less than 8 Megabytes of RAM are present, resource saving is not available. The only valid value for this object is eOff. Attempting to set this object to eOn or eAuto will cause <badValue> to be returned. When Postscript and 8 Megabytes or more of RAM are installed, all values are valid, provided I/O Buffering, Mopying, or Ram Disk have not consumed the needed memory. This object is only supported if Postscript is resident in the printer.
                                           maximum-resource-saving-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.7
This objects name is misleading. This object returns the maximum amount of additional memory, in bytes, that can be dedicated to holding PDL permanent soft resources. Additional information: NOTE: The values listed below have not been verified on LaserJet 4050 Series. The following numbers assume that IO-BUFFERING=eOff; if IO-BUFFERING<>eOff, the following numbers will be reduced by the value of IO-BUFFER-SIZE. Memory for resource saving is allocated in increments of 102400 bytes. Therefore, for each 1M (1048576 bytes) of memory added to the printer, 102400 bytes are made available to resource saving (and I/O buffering) and 24576 bytes are retained until an additional 102400 byte block can be made available. The value reported by this object is always rounded down to the nearest multiple of 102400. For a PCL-only printer, the value of this object is zero (all resource saving memory is dedicated to PCL). If PostScript is installed without a duplex unit, the value of this object is as follows: Zero if <7M memory is installed. 1048576 if 7M memory is installed and RESOURCE-SAVING=eOff. 1048576 if 7M memory is installed and RESOURCE-SAVING=eOn (note that this value will be reduced by the amount of memory allocated to PCL-RESOURCE-SAVING-MEMORY-SIZE and POSTSCRIPT-RESOURCE-SAVING-MEMORY-SIZE). 819200 if 7M memory is installed and RESOURCE-SAVING=eAuto. When RESOURCE-SAVING=eAuto, 819200 bytes of each 1M over 7M memory installed are allocated to PCL and PostScript (409600 each) with the remaining bytes added to this object. When RESOURCE-SAVING=eOn or eOff, all bytes over 13M memory installed are added to this object. If PostScript is installed with a duplex unit, the value of this object is as follows: Zero if <13M memory is installed. 1048576 if 13M memory is installed and RESOURCE-SAVING=eOff. 1048576 if 13M memory is installed and RESOURCE-SAVING=eOn (note that this value will be reduced by the amount of memory allocated to PCL-RESOURCE-SAVING-MEMORY-SIZE and POSTSCRIPT-RESOURCE-SAVING-MEMORY-SIZE). 1048576 if 13M memory is installed and RESOURCE-SAVING=eAuto. When RESOURCE-SAVING=eAuto, 810200 bytes of each 1M over 13M memory installed are allocated to PCL and PostScript (409600 each) with the remaining bytes added to this object. When RESOURCE-SAVING=eOn or eOff, all bytes over 13M memory installed are added to this object. The above listed values returned by this object will be reduced by the amount of memory added to PCL-RESOURCE-SAVING-MEMORY-SIZE and POSTSCRIPT-RESOURCE-SAVING-MEMORY-SIZE when RESOURCE-SAVING=eOn.
                                           default-vertical-black-resolution 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.8
Returns or changes the value of the default vertical black resolution. The units are dots per inch. Additional information: In LaserJet 4050 Series changing this OID also causes DEFAULT- HORIZONTAL-BLACK RESOLUTION to change. DEFAULT- HORIZONTAL-BLACK-RESOLUTION and DEFAULT-VERTICAL-BLACK-RESOLUTION must always be the same. The supported values are 300 and 600 for LaserJet 8100 Series and LaserJet 8000 Series, and 300, 600, and 1200 for LaserJet 5000 Series and LaserJet 4000 Series. Setting to an unsupported value causes the printer to substitute in a snap value and to return <noError> status. The snap values are as follow: LaserJet 5000 Series and LaserJet 4000 Series: n < 450 snaps to 300 450 >= n < 900 snaps to 600 n >= 900 snaps to 1200 LaserJet 8100 Series and LaserJet 8000 Series: n < 450 snaps to 300 n >= 450 snaps to 600
                                           default-horizontal-black-resolution 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.9
Returns or changes the value of the default horizontal black resolution. The units are dots per inch. Additional information: In LaserJet 4050 Series changing this object also causes DEFAULT-VERTICAL-BLACK RESOLUTION to change. DEFAULT-HORIZONTAL-BLACK-RESOLUTION and DEFAULT-VERTICAL-BLACK-RESOLUTION must always be the same. The supported values are 300 and 600 for LaserJet 8100 Series and LaserJet 8000 Series, and 300, 600, and 1200 for LaserJet 5000 Series and LaserJet 4000 Series. Setting to an unsupported value causes the printer to substitute in a snap value and to return <noError> status. The snap values are as follow: LaserJet 5000 Series and LaserJet 4000 Series: n < 450 snaps to 300 450 >= n < 900 snaps to 600 n >= 900 snaps to 1200 LaserJet 8100 Series and LaserJet 8000 Series: n < 450 snaps to 300 n >= 450 snaps to 600
                                           default-page-protect 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.10
Returns or changes the default page protection behavior. If eOff, the device does not reserve memory for holding the entire raster form of a processed page. If eOn, then memory is reserved. If eAuto, the device determines the amount of memory to reserve. Additional information: Setting to eOn causes MET to be more conservative, but it will not allocate memory to hold an entire rasterized page.
                                           default-lines-per-page 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.11
Returns or changes the default number of lines per page. The POS indicates the supported values. An unsupported value causes the printer to use the closest supported value, causing the printer to return the <noError>. Additional information: The supported values in LaserJet 4050 Series are 5 to 128. Setting to an unsupported value causes the the printer to substitute in a snap value and to return <noError> status. The snap values are as follow: <5 snaps to 5 >128 snaps to 128
                                           default-vmi 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.12
Returns or changes the default vertical motion index. The unit of measure for VMI is centipoints per line. The POS indicates the supported values. An unsupported value causes the printer to use the closest supported value, causing the printer to return <noError>.
                                           default-media-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.13
This indicates the default media size. A write of an unsupported value causes an <badValue>. Complete list of supported media sizes along with their dimensions are listed in the Media Size Table near the end of this document.
                                           cold-reset-media-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.19
Returns or sets the media size that is used as the DEFAULT-MEDIA-SIZE when a cold reset occurs.
                                           default-media-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.22
Returns or sets the media name that is used until the media name is changed by a print job command. Additional information: This string must be one of the MEDIAn-NAME objects. The value of this object is saved across a power cycle.
                                           reprint 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.36
Returns or changes the reprint (jam recovery) setting. If eOn, then the device will reprint pages jammed pages. If eOff, the device will not attempt to reprint jammed pages. If eAuto, a device dependent algorithm (which should be documented in the POS) will be used to determine if the page gets reprinted. This object controls all PDLs, unless a specific PDL supports its own reprint control mechanism. To date, only PostScript has a PDL reprint control mechanism. Additional information: Setting this object when the printer is not idle, may cause a status of <noError> to be returned, but the new value will not take effect until a job boundary is reached. If a get is done on object before the job boundary is reached, the value last set will be returned. When the value is set to eOff, pages will not be stored in the printer, and in the event of a paper jam, will have to be reprinted. When the value is set to eOn, pages will be stored until delivery, therefore, in the event of a paper jam, the page will be reprinted. When the value is set to eAuto, the printer will behave as though it is eOff when there is less than seven megabytes of memory installed in the printer. When additional memory is installed, to total at least seven megabytes of RAM, the setting of eAuto will behave as though it was set to eOn.
                                           wide-a4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.37
Returns or changes the wide A4 logical page size setting. If eOn, then the margins/printable area of A4 paper will be changed to allow 80 10-pitch characters to be printed on a single line. If eOff then the industry standard A4 logical page size is used.
                                           dark-courier 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.38
Returns or changes the dark Courier setting. If eOn, then the Courier font used will approximate the same darkness as the LaserJet III printer. If eOff, then the Courier font used will approximate the same darkness as the LaserJet 4 printer.
                                           default-bits-per-pixel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.1.39
Controls the number of levels used (per pixel) when printing grayscale or color images.
                                       status-pdl 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.2
                                           not-ready-processing-pdl 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.2.1
Indicates if the PDL sub-system in the device is not ready. If there are no items in the collection (i.e. no bits are set), then the PDL sub-system is ready. If there is an item present, then the item indicates what is causing the PDL sub-system to be not ready. cOffLine indicates the PDL processing sub-system is off line. cPrintDataMemoryOverflow indicates the print job was sufficiently complex to use up all memory available for processing print job data. cSoftResourceMemoryOverflow indicates the print job contained soft resources (fonts, macros, etc.) that over flowed the available memory.
                                           form-feed-needed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.2.2
Indicates if the PDL processing sub-system has made marks on the current page and the source subsystem has been idle for a device specific amount of time. Additional information: LaserJet 4050 Series will set this object to eTrue when it has made marks on the current page, the IO-TIMEOUT has expired while PCL was running in `backward-compatibility mode (which is caused by jobs consisting purely of PCL data with no prepended PJL commands), and no data is pending on another I/O. Once it is set to eTrue, more data on the same I/O will cause this object to be set to eFalse, until the above conditions are met again.
                                       pdl-pcl 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3
                                           pcl-datecode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.1
This indicates the PCL firmware date code in yyyymmdd format.
                                           pcl-resource-saving-memory-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.2
Returns or changes the amount of resource saving memory set aside to hold permanent soft PCL resources. Additional information: The value returned by this object is the amount of Resource Saving memory currently dedicated to PCL. For a PCL-only printer, the value of this object is zero. All memory is dedicated to PCL, but it is not shown as such. If Postscript is installed, the default value of this object is as follows: 0 if RESOURCE-SAVING = eOff. 0 if less than 8 Megabytes of RAM is in the printer. 400K bytes if RAM >= 8 Megabytes and RESOURCE-SAVING = eOn. 400K bytes if RAM = 8 Megabytes and RESOURCE-SAVING = eAuto, plus 100K bytes for each Megabyte of RAM over 8 Megabytes. If RESOURCE-SAVING=eOn, this object can be used to set the amount of Resource Saving memory currently dedicated to PCL. The range of values supported by this object are: 0 bytes (which disables resource saving for PCL) 400K bytes through (400K bytes + MAXIMUM-RESOURCE-SAVING-MEMORY) in increments of 100K bytes. If a value is received that is greater than 0 and less than 400K bytes, it will be snapped to 400K bytes and a status of <noError> returned. If an unsupported value greater than 400K bytes is received, it will be snapped down to the nearest 100K value and a status of <noError> returned. Attempting to set this object when RESOURCE-SAVING is eAuto or eOff will cause a status of <genErr> to be returned.
                                           pcl-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.3
Contains the name of the PDL. For PCL, the name is `PCL.
                                           pcl-version 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.4
Contains the PDL version.
                                           pcl-total-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.5
Total number of PCL pages printed by the device. Additional information: In LaserJet 4050 Series the PCL page count is kept in NVRAM, and the NVRAM value is updated at least every 10 pages. NOTE: The value returned by this object will be incremented every page but if power is lost between NVRAM updates, up to 9 pages of the page count may be lost. The page count counter will be reset to zero after 16,777,215 (2^24-1) pages. The page count is incremented when a sheet of media is pulled from an input tray. A duplex printed sheet will cause this counter to be incremented by two.
                                           pcl-default-symbol-set 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.11
Returns or changes the default PCL symbol set. The enumeration values match the values supported by the PCL Symbol Set Code escape sequence, <ESC>*c#R. The binary representation of the enumerated value is also matches the PML <SymbolSetValue>. Additional information: The eWindows31J enumeration is only supported if a Japanese font SIMM is installed.
                                           pcl-default-font-height 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.13
Returns or changes the default PCL height. Height is an approximate measure of the body of the type in centipoints. A centipoint is 1/7200 inch. Height applies only to proportional fonts. Point size, in points, can be converted to font height, in centipoints, by multiplying the point size by 100. The POS indicates the supported values. An unsupported value causes the printer to use the closest supported value, causing the printer to return <noError>. Closest means the smallest absolute difference. Additional information: Supported values range from 400 to 99975, in increments of 25 units. Setting to an unsupported value causes the printer to substitute in a snap value and to return <noError> status. The snap values are as follow: <=400 snaps to 400 >=99975 snaps to 99975 Unsupported values in the range 400 to 99975 snap DOWN to the previous supported value (i.e 25293 snaps to 25275 or 75038 snaps to 75025).
                                           pcl-default-font-source 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.14
Returns or changes the value of the default font source variable in NVRAM.
                                           pcl-default-font-number 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.15
Returns or changes the value of the default font number variable in NVRAM. Writing an unsupported value causes the printer to generate an <badValue>. Additional information: Valid numbers or 0 - 255, but only font numbers that are included in the PCL FONT LIST are selectable.
                                           pcl-default-font-width 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.3.16
Returns or changes the default PCL font width. Width is expressed as the width of a character in centipoints. A centipoint is 1/7200 inch. Width applies only to fixed space fonts. Pitch, in character per inch, can be converted to font width, in centipoints, by dividing 7200 by the pitch. The POS indicates the supported values. An unsupported value causes the printer to use the closest supported value, causing the printer to return <noError>. Closest means the smallest absolute difference. Additional information: Setting to an unsupported value causes the printer to substitue in a snap value (listed below) and return <noError> status. The snap values for pitch are as follow: <=44 snaps to 44 >=9999 snaps to 9999
                                       pdl-postscript 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.4
                                           postscript-datecode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.4.1
This indicates the PostScript firmware datecode in yyyymmdd format. Additional information: This object is only supported if PostScript option is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no PostScript option installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no PostScript option installed.
                                           postscript-resource-saving-memory-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.4.2
Returns or changes the amount of resource saving memory set aside to hold permanent soft PostScript resources. Additional information: The value returned by this object is the amount of Resource Saving memory currently dedicated to Postscript. If Postscript is installed, the default value of this object is as follows: 0 if RESOURCE-SAVING = eOff. 0 if less than 8 Megabytes of RAM is in the printer. 400K bytes if RAM >= 8 Megabytes and RESOURCE-SAVING = eOn. 400K bytes if RAM = 8 Megabytes and RESOURCE-SAVING = eAuto, plus 100K bytes for each Megabyte of RAM over 8 Megabytes. If RESOURCE-SAVING=eOn, this object can be used to set the amount of Resource Saving memory currently dedicated to PCL. The range of values supported by this object are: 0 bytes (which disables resource saving for Postscript) 400K bytes through (400K bytes + MAXIMUM-RESOURCE-SAVING-MEMORY) in increments of 100K bytes. If a value is received that is greater than 0 and less than 400K bytes, it will be snapped to 400K bytes and a status of <noError> returned. If an unsupported value greater than 400K bytes is received, it will be snapped down to the nearest 100K value and a status of <noError> returned. Attempting to set this object when RESOURCE-SAVING is eAuto or eOff will cause a status of <genErr> to be returned.
                                           postscript-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.4.3
Contains the name of the PDL. For PostScript, the name is `PostScript. Additional information: This object is only supported if PostScript option is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no PostScript option installed. Returns an <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no PostScript option installed.
                                           postscript-version 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.4.4
Contains the PDL version. Additional information: This object is only supported if PostScript option is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no PostScript option installed. Returns an <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no PostScript option installed.
                                           postscript-total-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.4.5
Total number of PostScript pages printed by the device. Additional information: This object is only supported if the PostScript option is installed. In LaserJet 4050 Series the count is kept in NVRAM, and the NVRAM value is updated at least every 10 sheets. NOTE: The value returned by this object will be incremented every sheet but if power is lost between NVRAM updates up to 9 sheets of the count may be lost. The counter will be reset to zero after 16,777,215 (2^24-1) pages.
                                           postscript-print-errors 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.4.11
Returns or changes the value of the print PostScript errors setting. If eOn, PostScript prints an error page showing the error encountered and the stack at the time of the error. Additional information: This object is only supported if the PostScript option is installed.
                                           postscript-jam-recovery 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.4.12
Returns or changes the PostScript jam recovery setting. If eOn, then the device will reprint PostScript pages, if those pages jam. Additional information: This object is only supported if PostScript option is installed.
                                           postscript-defer-media 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.4.14
This object will be used to enable or disable the use of the Adobe Postscript Paper Handling Model in the printer firmware. By default it is enabled which means that PostScript will always defer the media selection to HP Paper Handling Model
                                       pdl-esc-p 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.5
                                           esc-p-datecode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.5.1
This indicates the ESC-P PDL datecode. The datecode format is yyyymmdd. Additional information: This object is only supported if ESC-P option is installed. Returns an <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no ESC-P option installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no ESC-P option installed.
                                           esc-p-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.5.3
Contains the name of the PDL. For ESC-P, the name is `ESC-P. Additional information: This object is only supported if ESC-P option is installed. Returns an <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no ESC-P option installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no ESC-P option installed.
                                           esc-p-version 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.5.4
Contains the PDL version. Additional information: This object is only supported if ESC-P option is installed. Returns an <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no ESC-P option installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no ESC-P option installed.
                                       pdl-pdf 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.15
                                             pdf-version 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.15.1
Contains version of PDF that is supported on the device
                                             pdf-total-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.15.2
Total number of PDF pages printed by the device
                                             pdf-enabled 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.15.3
Used to tell whether the device supports PDF
                                             pdf-print-errors 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.15.4
Returns or changes the value of the print PDF errors setting. If eOn, PDF prints an error page showing the error encountered and the stack at the time of the error
                                       pdl-pclxl 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.16
                                             pclxl-total-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.3.16.1
Total number of PCLXL pages printed by the device.
                                   pml 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.4
                                   pjl 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.5
                                       pjl-password 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.5.1
Returns PJL password, if the password is not set (zero). If the password is set, then attempting to retrieve the password causes an <genErr> to occur and will return the <NullValue>.
                                   fax-proc-sub 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7
                                       settings-fax-proc-sub 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1
                                           fax-rxscale 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.1
Received faxes are to be printed at a reduced scale percentage. Value of 0 indicates auto-scaled printing based on the length of the received fax image and the length of the paper.
                                           fax-noise-volume 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.3
Range is 0..100, where 0 = quietest possible, and 100 = loudest possible. A device shall divide this value into ranges corresponding to the possible volumes. Additional information: For HP Laserjet 3200 the range is 0..200, where 0=off (silent), 96=soft, 160=medium, and 200=loud. For HP Laserjet 3200 this object refers to the line monitor noise volume. The decimal values above correspond to the hex values the object gets set to.
                                           fax-download 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.6
Note: Changed enumeration values in a non-backwards manner in version 4.7. Handshake mechanism between host and device to initiate and coordinate the download of fax image data to be transmitted by the device fax modem. This object serves both as an indicator of fax download activity as well as a trigger for the host to alter fax download progress. This object has been redefined to track only the download acpect of the fax transmission. eFaxDownloadIdle - indicates no fax download activity is occurring. Device powers up in this state but will otherwise never transition to this state of its own accord. Host setting to eFaxDownloadIdle while object is in eFaxDownloadActive will cause download activity to be prematurely terminated. Host setting to this state resets the handshake mechanism to permit a another fax download activity to be initiated. eFaxDownloadStart - indicates the host requests to commence a download session for sending a fax. This state is host settable only from eFaxDownloadIdle. Device will never transition to this state of its own accord. eFaxDownloadActive - indicates a fax download is occurring. This state is not host settable. Device will transition to this state from eFaxDownloadStart as a positive response for host to commence download of fax data. This state is not host settable. The object FAXJOB-DOWNLOAD-ID now contains the job ID to be used to track the progress of this fax job. eFaxDownloadAborted - indicates the fax download activity has been prematurely terminated by the device due to some error. Object FAX-DOWNLOAD-ERROR contains the error reason for the premature session termination. This state is device settable from eFaxDownloadStart or eFaxDownloadActive. This state is not host settable. If modem transmission of fax data has started for this download, the fax session will also be aborted. eFaxDownloadDone - indicates the fax download activity has reached a successful termination in that the device has accepted all the download data from the host. This state is only settable by the device from eFaxDownloadActive. This state is not host settable. This state does not indicate the progress of the modem transmission of the downloaded fax data. Host should transition from this state to eFaxDownloadIdle in order to reset the handshake mechanism for subsequent download.
                                           fax-silent-detection 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.7
When enabled, this object causes the FAX machine to assume that the caller is a FAX even though the line has remained silent for a time (i.e., no CNG detected). When disabled, a CNG is required of the caller.
                                           fax-ring-enable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.8
When the phone line rings, this object determines whether an audible ring shall be emitted.
                                           fax-country 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.9
Note: Non-backwards compatible change make in version 4.7. Returns which country the telephone-electronics (LIU) is configured for. If this object is implemented with an access of read-write the device POS will specify what occurs when this object is written. Additional information: GECKO NOTE: Is enumeration 37 (eSwitzerlandFrench) the correct setting for Switzerland? The mib also provides the following options: eSwitzerland(36) eSwitzerlandGerman(36) eSwitzerlandItalian(38)
                                           fax-tx-phone-number 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.10
Phone number about to be dialed.
                                           fax-redial-time 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.14
Number of seconds one must wait between the current redial (set by FAX-WHICH-REDIAL) and any prior dialing.
                                           fax-pstn-access-code 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.18
The code used within a PBX to get access to an outside PSTN line. Typically this is 9.
                                           fax-rx-disposition 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.19
Indicates what is to be done with the incoming fax call. ePrintOnly - New fax arrivals only go to the printer. If printer becomes unavailable, the fax is stored in device memory until the printer becomes available. If device memory becomes full, no subsequent calls will be answered. If power is cycled on the device, the user must be informed of any lost faxes. If faxes are saved in non-volatile memory, then they will be printed upon successful power-up. eUploadOnly - New fax can only be uploaded to the host. If host becomes unavailable, the fax is stored in device memory until host becomes available again to upload. If device memory becomes full, no subsequent calls will be answered. If power is cycled on the device, the user must be informed of any lost faxes. If faxes are saved in non-volatile device memory, the host must be informed of a need to upload saved faxes upon successful power up. eUploadAndPrint - Received faxes are to be printed and also uploaded to the host. The fax is stored in device memory until it has been printed and uploaded. If device memory becomes full, no subsequent calls will be answered. If power is cycled on the device, the user must be informed of any lost faxes. If faxes were saved into non-volatile memory, then faxes must be printed and uploaded before erasure from device memory. eUploadElsePrint - Received faxes are to be uploaded if host is available, otherwise the fax is printed. During an upload, if the host becomes unavailable, the remainder of the fax is printed. Once the host is detected to be unavailable, the object will transition to ePrintOnly. Refer to fax reception behavior for ePrintOnly. ePrintElseUpload - Received faxes are to be printed. If printer is unavailable, the fax will be uploaded. If printer becomes unavailable while the fax is being received, the remainder unprinted pages of the fax will be uploaded. If host then becomes unavailable, this object will transition to ePrintOnly. Remainder pages of the fax being uploaded will be stored in device memory, to be printed when printer becomes available. If device memory becomes full, no subsequent calls will be answered. If power is cycled on the device, the user must be informed of any lost faxes. eForwardElsePrint - Received faxes are to be forwarded to another fax station. If remote number does not answer, fax is printed. If remote number is busy on multiple redial attempts, the fax is printed. If device memory becomes full before fax reception is complete, the fax is printed. If printer becomes unavailable, the fax is stored in device memory and then printed when printer becomes available again.
                                           fax-error-correction-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.21
Indicates whether the device is configured to send and receive faxes in error correction mode (ECM). This object controls both receiving and transmitting in ECM. A value of eDisabled means ECM is off and the device will not advertise the ability to do ECM during negotiation with other fax machines. A value of eEnabled means ECM is on and the device will advertise its ability to do ECM. Changing this setting may or may not take affect on the immediate page or ensuing pages of the document currently being sent.
                                           fax-report-transmission 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.22
Provides a host application with the ability to print a fax transmission report. The supported enumerations are: eNone - no transmission report printed ePrintReport - transmission report always printed ePrintReportOnSend - transmission report printed on send only ePrintReportOnError - transmission report printed on error only ePrintReportOnSendError - transmission report printed on send error only ePrintReportOnReceiveError - transmission report printed on receive error only.
                                           fax-report-activity-log 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.23
Specifies when a report of fax transactions is to be printed. eNever - to never print a transaction report. eThreshold - to automatically print a transaction report every N transactions. The POS for each product shall specify the value of N. FAX-REPORT-TRANSMISSION also prints a transaction report, but for only a given fax, not a log of fax activities. May not be settable if the fax machine is not idle. The log is cleared after each printing caused by this object.
                                           fax-dial-tone-detection 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.24
Determines whether the fax machine waits for a dial tone before dialing a fax number. eEnabled - causes the fax machine to wait until a dial tone is recognized before attempting to dial a fax number. eDisabled - causes the fax machine to dial without waiting to recognize a dial tone.
                                           fax-alarm-volume 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.25
Range is 0..100, where 0 = quietest possible, and 100 = loudest possible. A device shall divide this value into ranges corresponding to the possible volumes and document these settings and their meanings in the product POS. Additional information: For HP Laserjet 3200 the range is 0..3, where 0=off (silent), 1=soft, 2=medium, and 3=loud.
                                           fax-beep-volume 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.26
Range is 0..100, where 0 = quietest possible, and 100 = loudest possible. A device shall divide this value into ranges corresponding to the possible volumes and document these settings and their meanings in the product POS. Additional information: For HP Laserjet 3200 the range is 0..3, where 0=off (silent), 1=soft, 2=medium, and 3=loud.
                                           fax-ring-volume 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.27
Range is 0..100, where 0 = quietest possible, and 100 = loudest possible. A device shall divide this value into ranges corresponding to the possible volumes and document these settings and their meanings in the product POS. Additional information: For HP Laserjet 3200 the range is 0..3, where 0=off (silent), 1=soft, 2=medium, and 3=loud.
                                           fax-master-host 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.28
Identifies the hostname of the master host to which the device is connected.
                                           fax-thumbnail-enable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.29
Controls whether or not a thumbnail reprint of the first page of a fax shall be included on the fax call report. When set to eEnabled a thumbnail shall be included on the report. When set to eDisabled there shall be not be a thumbnail on the fax call report. Additional information: Controls whether or not a thumbnail reprint of the first page of a fax shall be included on the fax call report. When set to eEnabled a thumbnail shall be included on the report. When set to eDisabled there shall be not be a thumbnail on the fax call report.
                                           fax-phone-pickup-enable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.30
This object is included to handle the situation where a fax machine and a telephone share the same phone line. If a call picked up at the phone turns out to be a fax call, the user may initiate a fax receive via the fax machine front panel (with, say, a button press). When this object is set to eEnabled and a fax call is answered at the phone, the user has the option of initiating the fax receive in the usual way at the fax front panel or by entering a (product-specific) key sequence on the telephone keypad (e.g. ***). The device POS must indicate what the key sequence is for a particular product. When this object is set to eDisabled and a fax call is answered at the phone, the user may only initiate the fax receive by taking the product-specific action (such as a button press) at the fax machine front panel. It is necessary to be able to turn this feature off (i.e. set it to eDisabled) because the key sequence of a particular fax device may interfere with other devices connected to the phone line (e.g. an answering machine). Additional information: On HP Laserjet 3200, the key sequence to initiate a fax from the phone keypad is ***.
                                           fax-adf-scan-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.31
This object tracks the page count for the pages scanned for faxing from the ADF. In order to write this object SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly. Additional information: This object tracks the page count for the pages scanned for faxing from the ADF. In order to write this object SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly.
                                           fax-print-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.32
This object tracks the page count for the pages sent to the print engine for fax jobs. In order to write this object SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly. Additional information: This object tracks the page count for the pages sent to the print engine for fax jobs. In order to write this object SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly.
                                           fax-download-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.33
This object tracks the page count for the pages downloaded to the peripheral for fax jobs. In order to write this object SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly. Additional information: This object tracks the page count for the pages downloaded to the peripheral for fax jobs. In order to write this object SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly.
                                           fax-upload-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.34
This object tracks the page count for the pages uploaded from the peripheral for fax jobs. In order to write this object SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly. Additional information: This object tracks the page count for the pages uploaded from the peripheral for fax jobs. In order to write this object SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set correctly.
                                           fax-flatbed-scan-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.36
This object tracks the page count for the pages scanned for faxing from the flatbed. In order to write this object the SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set. Additional information: This object tracks the page count for the pages scanned for faxing from the flatbed. In order to write this object the SERVICE-PASSWORD must be set.
                                           default-fax-glass-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.37
Indicates the default fax glass size. Additional information: Indicates the default fax glass size.
                                           fax-cold-reset-fax-glass-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.1.38
Returns or sets the fax glass size that is used as the DEFAULT-FAX-GLASS-SIZE when a cold reset occurs. Additional information: Returns or sets the fax glass size that is used as the DEFAULT-FAX-GLASS-SIZE when a cold reset occurs.
                                       status-fax-proc-sub 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.2
                                           fax-upload 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.2.1
Note: The enumeration values for this object where changed in a non-backwards compatible manner in version 4.7. Handshake mechanism between host and device to notify and coordinate the transfer of fax image data received by the device fax modem. This object serves both as an indicator of fax upload activity as well as a trigger for the host to alter fax upload progress. Handshake mechanism between host and device to initiate scan operation and coordinate the transfer of scanned image data to the host. This object serves both as an indicator of scan upload activity as well as a trigger for the host to alter scan upload progress. eFaxUploadIdle - indicates no fax upload activity is is occurring. Device powers up in this state but will otherwise never transition to this state of its own accord. Host setting to eFaxUploadIdle while object is in eFaxUploadActive will cause download activity to be prematurely terminated. Host setting to this state resets the handshake mechanism to permit another fax upload activity to be initiated. eFaxUploadStart - indicates the host requests to commence an upload session for a received fax. This state is host settable only from eFaxUploadIdle. Device will never transition to this state of its own accord. eFaxUploadActive - indicates a fax upload is occurring. This state is not host settable. Device will transition to this state from eFaxUploadStart as a positive response for host to commence upload of fax data. The object FAXJOB-UPLOAD-ID now contains the job ID. eFaxUploadAborted - indicates the fax upload activity has been prematurely terminated by the device due to some error. Object FAX-UPLOAD-ERROR contains the error reason for the premature session termination. This state is device settable from eFaxUploadStart, eFaxUploadActive or eFaxUploadNeeded. This state is not host settable. eFaxUploadDone - indicates the fax upload activity has reached a successful termination in that the device has transmitted all the upload data to the host. This state is only settable by the device from eFaxUploadActive. This state is not host settable. Host should transition from this state to eFaxUploadIdle in order to reset the handshake mechanism for subsequent upload session. eFaxUploadNeeded - indicates device has received fax modem data available for host upload. This state is not host settable. This state is device settable from eFaxUploadIdle. Host should respond by setting to eFaxUploadStart to initiate upload session. Should host fail to respond by the time fax reception is complete or device has exhausted local memory storage, device shall transition object from eFaxUploadNeeded to eFaxUploadAborted. The POS should state the recourse behavior associated with the received fax.
                                           fax-min-rings-pickup 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.2.2
Indicates the minimum legal rings before pickup. Additional information: GECKO NOTE: Do all countries on the HP Laserjet 3200 list allow a minimum of 1? If not, object syntax must be amended.
                                           fax-max-rings-pickup 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.2.3
Indicates the maximum legal rings before pickup.
                                           fax-max-redials 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.2.4
Maximum number of allowed redials.
                                           fax-additional-wait 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.2.5
Number of additional seconds to wait before beginning a FAX-DOWNLOAD.
                                           fax-download-error 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.2.6
Error status of the fax download session. Additional information: GECKO NOTE: What error conditions will be reported by this object? Provide a map for the meaning of each valid value here.
                                           fax-upload-error 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.2.7
Error status of the fax upload session. Additional information: GECKO NOTE: What error conditions will be reported by this object? Provide a map for the meaning of each valid value here. Does this functionality stay? If not, this object is superfluous.
                                           fax-firmware-revision 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.2.8
This object identifies the fax firmware ROM revision code. The format is device specific and shall be specified in the device POS. Additional information: This object identifies the fax firmware ROM revision code. For HP Laserjet 3200, the format for this object is a date in the form YYYYMMDD.
                                       fax-forwarding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.3
                                           fax-forwarding-phone-num 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.7.3.3
Phone number digits of the remote fax station where arrived faxes are to be forwarded.
                                   jetsend-proc-sub 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.8
                                       settings-jetsend 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.8.1
                                           jetsend-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.8.1.1
Enables or disables the JetSend processing sub-system. Additional information: Enables or disables the JetSend processing subsystem. The valid values are eOff and eOn. (Specifying an invalid mode causes an <badValue> error to be returned.). This object will be enabled in IR devices even if is does not detect an EIO card.
                                       jetsend-contact 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.8.3
                                           settings-jetsend-contact 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.8.3.1
                                               jetsend-contact-password 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.8.3.1.1
A C structure containing the following fields: typedef struct { ubyte old_password[8]; ubyte new_password[8];/ } jetsend_change_contact_password_t; where ubyte is an unsigned byte (0-255). Additional information: Controls access to the JetSend processing subsystem. Password absence/presence determines whether the device will allow a session to be established. The following C data structure contains the relevant fields (described in subsequent paragraphs): typedef struct { unsigned char old_password[8]; unsigned char new_password[8]; } Whenever the password is disabled (i.e., is zero-filled for its entire length), the device is indicating its willingness to allow session establishment. Whenever the password is enabled (i.e., has one or more non-zero-filled values), the device is controlling session establishment -- all in-progress JetSend sessions must supply a matching password or the device will reject the in-progress session. To disable the password, specify the matching password via the old_password field and zero-fill the new_password field. To enable the password for the first time, zero-fill the old_password field and specify the new password via the new_password field (the new password should not be zero-filled; otherwise, the password will remain disabled). To enable or change the password thereafter, specify the matching password via the old_password field and specify the new password via the new_password field (the new desired password should not be zero-filled; otherwise, the password will be disabled). To determine if the password is enabled, zero-fill both the old_password and new_password fields. If an error occurs, the password is enabled; otherwise, the password is disabled. (Specifying either an old_password or new_password fields greater than eight (8) bytes causes the error <badValue> to be returned.) This object will be enabled in IR devices even if is does not detect an EIO card.
                                               jetsend-contact-ip-address-security 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.8.3.1.2
A C structure containing the following fields: typedef struct { ubyte reserved[3]; ubyte command; /* command: 0 to 1 */ ubyte password[8]; ubyte IPAddress[4]; } jetsend_contact_ip_address_security_t; where ubyte is an unsigned byte (0-255). The defined values defined for command are: When command is 0: IPAddress is 0: device is locked, no one can contact it IPAddress is > 0: only that address is allowed to contact the device When command is 1: IPAddress is 0: any device can contact it IPAddress is > 0: any device matching this mask can contact it. If the result of logically anding the mask value supplied in the IPAddress field with the sending devices IP address matches the result of logically anding the mask value supplied in the IPAddress field with this devices IP address, then JetSend will allow the session to be established. Additional information: Controls the device or class of device(s) which may communicate with the JetSend processing subsystem. The following C data structure contains the relevant fields (described in subsequent paragraphs): typedef struct { unsigned char reserved[3]; unsigned char command; unsigned char password[8]; unsigned char IPAddress[4]; } The reserved field is not used and should remain zero-filled. The command field interpretation differs based on its value: 0 = Accept session(s) only from the specific device whose IP address matches the specified IP address; all other session request(s) from non-matching device(s) are rejected. 1 = Accept session(s) only from the specific device(s) whose IP address(es) conform to the mask specified in the IPAddress field; all other session request(s) from device(s) with non-matching submask(s) are rejected. (If the result of logically ANDing the mask value supplied in the IPAddress field with the sending devices IP address matches the result of logically ANDing the mask value supplied in the IPAddress field with this devices IP address, then JetSend will allow session establishment. Password absence/presence determines whether the device will allow the caller to alter the IP address security. If the password is disabled, the caller may set the command and IPAddress fields directly. If the password is enabled, the caller may (re-)set the command and IPAddress fields only after specifying the matching password field. (Refer to the aforementioned JETSEND-CONTACT-PASSWORD object ID.) (Specifying either an invalid command field value or a password field greater than eight (8) bytes or an IPAddress field greater than four (4) bytes causes the error <badValue> to be returned.) This object will be enabled in IR devices even if is does not detect an EIO card.
                                   webserver-proc-sub 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.9
                                       settings-webserver 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.3.9.1
                               destination-subsystem 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4
                                   print-engine 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1
                                       settings-prt-eng 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.1
                                           override-media-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.1.2
Sets a string identifying the media name that is to be used in place of the currently requested media. The substitution will continue until another media is selected. If set to a named media that is not currently available the requested media is not overridden. Additional information: When a request is received to print on a size and type of media that is not currently available, this object contains the desired media name as set by the print job. This object should be set to a media name that is currently available in the printer. If a paper mount request is not pending, attempting to get or set this object will cause <noSuchName> to be returned. Setting this object to a string other than one of the MEDIAn-NAME objects (MEDIA-NAMES-AVAILABLE is applied) will cause a status of <badValue> to be returned.
                                           override-media-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.1.3
Sets the media size that is to be used in place of the currently requested media size. Additional information: When a request is received to print on a size and type of media that is not currently available, this object contains the desired size as set by the print job. This object should be set to a media size that is currently available to the printer. If a paper mount request is not pending, attempting to get or set this object will cause <noSuchName> to be returned.
                                           print-density 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.1.5
Returns or sets the print density setting. Print density is the instantaneous amount of marking agent applied to the paper while printing. A value of zero has the lowest print density, yielding a lighter page. A value of 10 has the highest print density, yielding a darker page. Each POS should document what values in the 0 to 10 range are supported. Additional information: When this value is written, the page pipeline will be flushed (all pages being printed are completed, no new ones are started), the new density setting is set and printing resumes. The acutal change in print density may be gradual over several pages. The supported values are 1 through 5. Setting to an unsupported value causes the printer to substitue in a a snap value and to return <noError> status. The snap values are as follows: <1 snaps to 1 >5 snaps to 5.
                                           transfer-setting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.1.8
When set the object will cause the transfer setting of the device to be changed to the nearest appropriate value. When the object is read it will return the current transfer setting. Each engine will have different supported values. The object should snap to the nearest supported value. Different products could use this value in different ways. Typically, this value would be a voltage on an EP system, but could be a pressure level on an inkjet. Additional information: This setting is a voltage adjustment in the LaserJet 2200. Any value >= 150 snaps to 200.
                                           marking-agent-density 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.1.9
                                           separation-setting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.1.13
When set this object will cause the separation setting of the device to be changed to the nearest appropriate value. When the object is read it will return the current separation setting. Each engine will have different supported values. The object should snap to the nearest supported value. Different products could use this value in different ways. Typically, this value would be a voltage in an EP system, but could be some other parameter on an inkjet. The device POS will specify supported values, any snap behavior and will detail the product specific meaning of device separation. Additional information: This object changes the charge so the media does not curl too much causing the media to jam under the cartridge. Any value >= 150 snaps to 200.
                                       status-prt-eng 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2
                                           not-ready-destination-print-engine 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.1
Indicates if the print engine sub-system in the device is not ready. If there are no items in the collection (i.e. no bits are set), then the print engine sub- system is ready. If there is an item present, then the item indicates what is causing the print engine sub- system to be not ready. cDoorOpen is in the collection if one or more access panels are open. If the device contains more than one access panel, then NOT-READY- PRINT-ENGINE-DOOR indicates which access panel(s) are open. cInternalMediaJam is in the collection if one or more pieces of media are jammed inside the device. If the media is jammed at an input tray, cTrayMediaJam is in the collection, and if the device has more than one input tray, then NOT-READY-MEDIA-JAM-AT-TRAY indicates which tray has a media jam. If the media is jammed at an output bin, cBinMediaJam is in the collection, and if the device has more than one output bin, then NOT-READY- MEDIA-JAM-AT-BIN indicates which bin has a media jam. cRequestedMediaUnavailable is in the collection if the current print job requires media that is not available. cTrayEmpty is in the collection if the current print job requires media from an input tray that is empty. If the device has more than one input tray, then NOT-READY- TRAY-EMPTY indicates which tray is empty. cOutputBinFull is in the collection if an output bin is full. If the device has more than one output bin, then NOT-READY-BIN-FULL indicates which bin is full. cManualFeedMedia is in the collection if the device is waiting for media to manually be fed. cMarkingAgentMissing is in the collection if a marking agent (toner cartridge, ink pen, etc.) is missing. If the device has more than one marking agent, then NOT- READY-MARKING-AGENT-MISSING indicates which marking agent is missing. cMarkingAgentOut is in the collection if the device is not ready due to one or more marking agents being low or out. If the device has more than one marking agent, then NOT-READY-MARKING-AGENT-LOW-OR- OUT indicates which marking agent is low or out. cIncorrectMarkingAgent is in the collection if the device detects that an incorrect marking agent is installed. If the device has more than one marking agent, then NOT-READY-INCORRECT-MARKING-AGENT indicates which marking agent location is loaded with the wrong type of marking agent. cTrayMissing is in the collection if the device is not ready because one or more trays are not installed. If the device has more than one input tray, then NOT-READY-TRAY-MISSING indicates which tray is missing. cDeviceSpecific is in the collection if one or more items are in either NOT- READY-LASER-PRINT-ENGINE or NOT-READY-DESTINATION- INKJET-PRINT-ENGINE-NOT-READY. cMediaPickMisfeed is in the collection if the print engine detects the tray is not empty, but can not pick up a sheet of media from that tray. cMarkingAgentFailure indicates there is a failure with a marking agent and it may need to be replaced. If the device supports more than one marking agent, then the NOT-READY-MARKING-AGENT-FAILURE object indicates all the marking agents that have failed. The POS will indicate the marking agent failure recovery process, if any.
                                           not-ready-laser-print-engine 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.3
Indicates if the laser print engine sub-system in the device is not ready. If there are no items in the collection (i.e. no bits are set), then the laser print engine sub-system is ready. If there is an item present, then the item indicates what is causing the laser print engine sub-system to be not ready.
                                           total-engine-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.5
Total number of pages printed by the device. POS indicates if the total engine page count is kept in NVRAM, and the maximum supported value before the page count rolls over to zero. Additional information: In LaserJet 4V the total engine page count is kept in NVRAM however the NVRAM value is only updated every 10 pages. NOTE: The value returned by this OID will be incremented every page but if power is lost between NVRAM updates up to 9 pages of the page count may be lost. The page count counter will be reset to zero after 16,777,215 (2^24-1) pages.
                                           total-mono-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.6
Total number of black pages printed by the device. Additional information: Total number of mono pages printed by the device.
                                           total-color-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.7
Total number of color pages printed by the device. Additional information: Any page with one or more color pixels is counted as a color page. Pages that only contain black marks are not counted by this object. The counter will roll over to zero after 4,294,967,296 pages. Each side of a duplexed sheet of media will be counted independently based on the criteria listed above.
                                           status-destination-print-engine 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.8
Indicates if part of the print engine sub-system is not functional, but the non-functional component(s) are not currently required to print.
                                           duplex-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.22
Total number of sheets of media that have been duplex printed. A sheet is counted if it travels through the duplex page path, regardless of whether or not marks are made on the page. The POS will indicate if the value is kept in NVRAM. Additional information: In LaserJet 4050 Series the count is kept in NVRAM however the NVRAM value is only updated every 10 sheets. NOTE: The value returned by this object will be incremented every sheet but if power is lost between NVRAM updates up to 9 sheets of the count may be lost. The counter will be reset to zero after 16,777,215 (2^24-1) pages.
                                           print-engine-revision 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.26
Print engine revision string. Additional information: The symbol set for this string is Roman-8. Converts engine revision number to a string and returns it.
                                           print-engine-jam-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.34
Total number of pages jammed in the print engines life time. The POS indicates if the total jam count is kept in NVRAM and the maximum supported value before the jam count rolls over to zero. Additional information: This object is stored in NVRAM. The maximum value of this count is 65000 before it rolls over to zero.
                                           print-engine-mispick-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.35
Total number of pages mispicked in the print engines life time. The POS indicates if the total mispick count is kept in NVRAM and the maximum supported value before the mispick count rolls over to zero. Additional information: This object is stored in NVRAM. The maximum value of this count is 65000 before it rolls over to zero.
                                           printer-calibration-dhalf 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.37
                                                 printer-cal-dhalf-data 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.37.3
                                                 printer-cal-grayaxis 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.37.6
                                                 printer-cal-grayaxis-data 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.37.7
                                           printer-calibration-cpr 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.2.38
                                       intray 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3
                                           settings-intray 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.1
                                               default-manual-feed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.1.4
Returns or changes the default manual feed value used by the PDLs.
                                               mp-tray 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.1.5
Returns or changes the value of the multi-purpose (MP) tray configuration variable. The MP tray can be configured to operate as an additional input tray (eCassette), a manual feed slot (eManual), or in a manner compatible with the LaserJet III manual feed slot (eFirst). If configured for eFirst, if media is present in the MP tray, that media is used (assuming the size matches and the print job didnt specify another tray) until the MP tray is empty. Additional information: The MP tray can be configured for use either as a paper cassette or as a priority manual feed tray. When the tray is configured as a manual feed tray, unsolicited status messages are not generated when there is no paper in the tray. LaserJet 4050 Series will pull media from TRAY 1 only if there is a sheet present and it matches the needed size and type.
                                               tray-lock 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.1.6
Returns or changes the list of locked input trays. The printer only pulls media from a locked input tray when the input tray is specifically requested by the print job. Additional information: The HP LaserJet 2100 Series will pull paper from a locked tray if that tray is specifically requested or if the user presses the Go button on a paper mount override and there is no paper available in an unlocked tray. There must always be at least one unlocked tray. When no optional lower cassette is installed and one tray is locked, an attempt to lock the other tray will result in the first tray unlocking. When the optional cassette is installed and two trays are locked, an attempt to lock the third will fail with a return status of <badValue> and a return value containing the collection of previously locked trays.
                                               custom-paper-dim-unit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.1.7
The units of measure used to specify the width and height of the printers custom paper. The unit of measure of eTenThousandthsOfInches is 0.0001 inches. Additional information: The only valid values for this object are eTenThousandthsOfInches (3), and eMicrometers (4). The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                               custom-paper-feed-dim 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.1.8
Sets the printers custom paper dimension in the feed direction (direction parallel to the direction of paper feeding). The value for this object is specified in micrometers or tenthousandths of an inch, depending upon the value of CUSTOM-PAPER-DIM-UNIT. The valid range is engine-dependent and should be documented in the POS for each product. Additional information: The valid range for LaserJet 4000 Series is 50000 to 140000 if CUSTOM-PAPER-DIM-UNIT is eTenThousandthsOfInches or 127000 to 355600 if CUSTOM-PAPER-DIM-UNIT is ePmicrometers. Attempts to set this object outside the valid range will result in a return value of <badValue>.
                                               custom-paper-xfeed-dim 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.1.9
Sets the printers custom paper dimension in the cross- feed direction (direction ninety degrees relative to the direction of paper feeding). The value for this object is specified in micrometers or tenthousandths of an inch, depending upon the value of CUSTOM-PAPER-DIM-UNIT. The valid range is engine-dependent and should be documented in the POS for each product. Additional information: The valid range for LaserJet 4000 Series is 30000 to 85000 if CUSTOM-PAPER-DIM-UNIT is eTenThousandthsOfInches or 76200 to 215900 if CUSTOM-PAPER-DIM-UNIT is ePmicrometers. Attempts to set this object outside the valid range will result in a return value of <badValue>.
                                           status-intray 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.2
                                               not-ready-tray-missing 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.2.1
Indicates which trays are not currently installed that is caused the device to be not ready.
                                               not-ready-tray-empty 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.2.2
Indicates which trays contain no media causing the device to be not ready. Some devices may treat tray missing as a tray empty condition.
                                               status-tray-missing 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.2.3
Indicates which trays are not currently installed that is caused the device to be in a warning condition.
                                               status-tray-empty 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.2.4
Indicates which trays contain no media causing the device to be in a warning condition. Some devices may treat tray missing as a tray empty condition.
                                           intrays 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3
                                               intray1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1
                                                   tray1-media-size-loaded 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.1
Returns the media size that is currently loaded in tray #1. This object can be set to indicate the media size currently loaded, if the printer supports input trays that can not sense the media size. Complete list of supported media sizes along with their dimensions are listed in the ``Media Size Table near the end of this document.
                                                   tray1-media-available 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.2
Returns a number that indicates how full the input tray is. If the device can only detect empty / not empty the device returns -1 for not empty and 0 for empty. If the device can determine how full the tray is, the device returns a percentage full from 0% to 100% Additional information: LaserJet 4V can only detect empty/not empty tray. It returns -1 for not empty and 0 for empty.
                                                   tray1-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.3
Returns the device specific name for tray 1.
                                                   tray1-media-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.4
Contains a string identifying the media that is currently loaded in tray #1. The media name string is the name associated with the loaded media. The strings identifying different media are user defined. Examples media name strings include HR Company LetterHead, 1091 Invoice Form, White Bond, Canary, and White Recycled.
                                                   tray1-custom-media-width 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.10
Width of media (in decipoints) loaded in tray 1.
                                                   tray1-custom-media-length 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.11
Length of media (in decipoints) loaded in tray 1.
                                                   tray1-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.12
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this input tray. Additional information: The internal trays belong to device 0, which is the base engine. The envelope feeder (if supported) is considered to be device 1 and the external input devices can number between 2 and 6 depending on individual user configurations.
                                                   tray1-fuser-temperature 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.13
The fuser temperature to be used when printing media from Tray 1. The value zero is the default temperature. Values less than zero are progressively lower and values greater than zero are progressively higher. The range of values supported is device specific. Additional information: HP LaserJet 2100 Series supports 3 fuser temperatures. Zero (0) is the default temperature, one(1) is a higher temperature (for use on media like cardstock), negative one (-1) is a lower temperature (for use on media like transparencies). Setting to an unsupported value causes the printer to snap to the nearest supported value and to return <noError> status along with the actual value that was written. The snap values are as follows: <=-1 snaps to -1 >=1 snaps to 1
                                                   tray1-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.17
Indicates the type of input media support installed. eTray (1) if the paper source is a tray eManualRoll (2) if the paper source is a manually loaded roll eArss (3) if the paper source is an anutomatically loaded roll (ARSS) eManualSheet (4) if the paper source is only for a manually loaded single sheet
                                                   tray1-media-key 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.1.20
Contains the media key (index) in the database.
                                               intray2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2
                                                   tray2-media-size-loaded 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.1
Returns the media size that is currently configured in tray #2. Complete list of supported media sizes along with their dimensions are listed in the Media Size Table near the end of this document. Additional information: If the tray drawer is open, a get on this object will cause a status of <genErr> to be returned. If the tray is empty, the size that the tray is configured for will be returned. If Tray 2 is a 500-sheet standard tray, eJISB5 and eUSExecutive are not valid values.
                                                   tray2-media-available 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.2
Returns a number that indicates how full the input tray is. If the device can only detect empty / not empty the device returns -1 for not empty and 0 for empty. If the device can determine how full the tray is, the device returns a percentage full from 0% to 100% Additional information: LaserJet 4V can only detect empty/not empty tray. It returns -1 for not empty and 0 for empty.
                                                   tray2-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.3
Returns the device specific name for tray 2.
                                                   tray2-media-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.4
Contains a string identifying the media that is currently loaded in tray 2. See TRAY1-MEDIA-NAME for a complete description.
                                                   tray2-custom-media-width 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.10
Width of media (in decipoints) loaded in tray 2.
                                                   tray2-custom-media-length 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.11
Length of media (in decipoints) loaded in tray 2.
                                                   tray2-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.12
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this input tray.
                                                   tray2-fuser-temperature 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.13
The fuser temperature to be used when printing media from Tray 2. The value zero is the default temperature. Values less than zero are progressively lower and values greater than zero are progressively higher. The range of values supported is device specific. Additional information: See TRAY1-FUSER-TEMPERATURE.
                                                   tray2-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.17
Indicates the type of input media support installed. eTray (1) if the paper source is a tray eManualRoll (2) if the paper source is a manually loaded roll eArss (3) if the paper source is an anutomatically loaded roll (ARSS) eManualSheet (4) if the paper source is only for a manually loaded single sheet
                                                   tray2-media-key 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.2.20
Contains the media key (index) in the database.
                                               intray3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3
                                                   tray3-media-size-loaded 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.1
Returns the media size that is currently configured in tray #3. Complete list of supported media sizes along with their dimensions are listed in the Media Size Table near the end of this document. Additional information: If the tray drawer is open, a get on this object will cause a status of <genErr> to be returned. If the tray is empty, the size that the tray is configured for will be returned.
                                                   tray3-media-available 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.2
Returns a number that indicates how full the input tray is. If the device can only detect empty / not empty the device returns -1 for not empty and 0 for empty. If the device can determine how full the tray is, the device returns a percentage full from 0% to 100% Additional information: LaserJet 4V can only detect empty/not empty tray. It returns -1 for not empty and 0 for empty. This object is only supported if a LC is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no LC installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no LC installed.
                                                   tray3-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.3
Returns the device specific name for tray 3. Additional information: This object is only supported if a LC is installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no LC installed. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Set, EnableTrap, or DisableTrap on this OID with no LC installed.
                                                   tray3-media-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.4
Contains a string identifying the media that is currently loaded in tray 3. See TRAY1-MEDIA-NAME for a complete description.
                                                   tray3-custom-media-width 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.10
Width of media (in decipoints) loaded in tray 3.
                                                   tray3-custom-media-length 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.11
Length of media (in decipoints) loaded in tray 3.
                                                   tray3-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.12
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this input tray.
                                                   tray3-fuser-temperature 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.13
The fuser temperature to be used when printing media from Tray 3. The value zero is the default temperature. Values less than zero are progressively lower and values greater than zero are progressively higher. The range of values supported is device specific. Additional information: See TRAY1-FUSER-TEMPERATURE.
                                                   tray3-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.17
Indicates the type of input media support installed. eTray (1) if the paper source is a tray eManualRoll (2) if the paper source is a manually loaded roll eArss (3) if the paper source is an anutomatically loaded roll (ARSS) eManualSheet (4) if the paper source is only for a manually loaded single sheet
                                                   tray3-media-key 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.3.20
Contains the media key (index) in the database.
                                               intray4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.4
                                                   tray4-media-size-loaded 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.4.1
Returns the media size that is currently configured in tray #4. Complete list of supported media sizes along with their dimensions are listed in the Media Size Table near the end of this document. Additional information: The Media Size Table does not exist in this document. Attempting to access this object when the tray is not installed will result in an ErrorUnknownObjectIdentifier response from the printer.
                                                   tray4-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.4.12
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this input tray.
                                               intray5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.5
                                                   tray5-media-size-loaded 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.5.1
Returns the media size that is currently configured in tray #5. Complete list of supported media sizes along with their dimensions are listed in the Media Size Table near the end of this document. Additional information: If the tray drawer is open, a get on this object will cause a status of <genErr> to be returned. If the tray is empty, the size that the tray is configured for will be returned.
                                                   tray5-media-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.5.4
Contains a string identifying the media that is currently loaded in tray 4. See TRAY1-MEDIA-NAME for a complete description.
                                                   tray5-custom-media-width 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.5.10
Width of media (in decipoints) loaded in tray 4.
                                                   tray5-custom-media-length 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.5.11
Length of media (in decipoints) loaded in tray 4.
                                                   tray5-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.5.12
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this input tray.
                                                   tray5-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.5.17
Indicates the type of input media support installed. eTray (1) if the paper source is a tray eManualRoll (2) if the paper source is a manually loaded roll eArss (3) if the paper source is an anutomatically loaded roll (ARSS) eManualSheet (4) if the paper source is only for a manually loaded single sheet
                                                   tray5-media-key 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.5.20
Contains the media key (index) in the database.
                                               intray6 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.6
                                                   tray6-media-size-loaded 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.6.1
Returns the media size that is currently configured in tray #5. Complete list of supported media sizes along with their dimensions are listed in the Media Size Table near the end of this document. Additional information: If the tray drawer is open, a get on this object will cause a status of <genErr> to be returned. If the tray is empty, the size that the tray is configured for will be returned
                                                   tray6-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.6.12
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this input tray. Additional information: The internal trays belong to device 0 (base engine), the envelope feeder is considered to be device 1 and the external input devices can number between 2 and 6 depending on individual user configurations.
                                               intray7 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.7
                                                   tray7-media-size-loaded 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.7.1
Returns the media size that is currently configured in tray #5. Complete list of supported media sizes along with their dimensions are listed in the Media Size Table near the end of this document. Additional information: If the tray drawer is open, a get on this object will cause a status of <genErr> to be returned. If the tray is empty, the size that the tray is configured for will be returned
                                                   tray7-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.3.3.7.12
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this input tray. Additional information: The internal trays belong to device 0 (base engine), the envelope feeder is considered to be device 1 and the external input devices can number between 2 and 6 depending on individual user configurations. NOTE: only TRAY6 and TRAY7 are listed here because HP does not make a device with more than two trays, but the Specification requires support of up to 10 external trays. Therefore the objects for TRAY8-PHD ... TRAY15-PHD will exist if that many trays exist.
                                       outbin 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4
                                           settings-outbin 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.1
                                               overflow-bin 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.1.4
Returns or sets the bin that will be used for additional sheets of media when the current bin is full and printing is allowed to continue. Additional information: The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                           outbins 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3
                                               outbin1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.1
                                                   outbin1-maximum-capacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.1.1
Maximum capacity of the output bin, in sheets of 20 pound paper.
                                                   outbin1-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.1.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: If cCancelJob is set, the current print job will be cancelled regardless of other item settings. If cOutbinFullOverride is set and this bin is the designated overflow bin (OVERFLOW-BIN = 1), then the bit is ignored. This object describes the action that is performed when the JOB-OUTPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-TIMEOUT expires. If no bits are set, no override action is taken (the printer will continue to wait). The action performed by the CONTINUE object being set to eInitiateAction or the GO key being pressed on the control panel may cause different actions. See the CONTINUE object description for information on the actions that occur for those conditions.
                                               outbin2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.2
                                                   outbin2-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.2.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: See OUTBIN1-OVERRIDE-MODE.
                                               outbin3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.3
                                                   outbin3-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.3.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: If cCancelJob is set, the current print job will be cancelled regardless of other item settings. This object describes the action that is performed when the JOB-OUTPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-TIMEOUT expires. The action performed by the CONTINUE object being set to eInitiateAction or the GO key being pressed on the control panel may cause different actions. See the CONTINUE object description for information on the actions that occur for those conditions. NOTE: Because HP is marketing a device with a max of 16 bins the OUTBIN-OVERRIDE-MODE objects are 3-18 but the external device specification requires support of up to 315 output bins. Therefore if these bins exist above 16, then the coresponding objects will also exist OUTBIN19-OVERRIDE-MODE through OUTBIN317-OVERRIDE-MODE The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                                   outbin3-maximum-binding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.3.10
The maximum number of sheets of 20 pound paper that can be bound by the binding device that serves this output bin. If a job exceeds this number and the job has requested binding, cBindingError will be set in NOT- READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. Additional information: This is a read only object that returns the number of 20# pages that this bin can bind(i.e. staple). This number is used by the host applications to prevent jobs that exceed this amount from being sent to this bin. If this bin does not have a finishing function like stapling where this object is necessary the object will return <badValue>. NOTE: Because HP is marketing a device with a max of 16 bins the OUTBIN-MAXIMUM-BINDING objects are 3-18 but the external device specification requires support of up to 315 output bins. Therefore if these bins exist above 16, then the coresponding objects will also exist OUTBIN19-MAXIMUM-BINDING ... OUTBIN317-MAXIMUM-BINDING
                                                   outbin3-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.3.11
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this output bin. Additional information: This object will return the the device number that contains this output bin. The envelope feed is considered PHD1 thus this object will return 2-6 depending on where in the device chain the bin exists. NOTE: Because HP is marketing a device with a max of 16 bins the OUTBIN-OVERRIDE-MODE objects are 3-18 but the external device specification requires support of up to 315 output bins. Therefore if these bins exist above 16, then the coresponding objects will also exist OUTBIN19-PHD through OUTBIN317-PHD
                                                   outbin3-error-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.3.12
A device specific description of the last error encountered for output bin 3. Each POS should document the meaning of all supported error information. Additional information: This is a description of the current error state of a finishing device. (ie stapler). If the bin does not support any finishing capabilities then the object will return <badValue>. The possible return values are as follows: Byte1, Byte2, and Byte3 should be 0x00. as they are reserved for future use. Byte4 is a bit field that can be interpreted as follows: bit 0 -- unused bit 1 -- eBinderOut Out of staples bit 2 -- eBinderLimit Too many pages to finish bit 3 -- eBinderJam Staple jammed in stapler bit 4 -- eBinderAlign Pages arent aligned correctly to finish. bit 5 -- unused bit 6 -- unused bit 7 -- unused NOTE: Because HP is marketing a device with a max of 16 bins the OUTBIN-MAXIMUM-BINDING objects are 3-18 but the external device specification requires support of up to 315 output bins. Therefore if these bins exist above 16, then the coresponding objects will also exist OUTBIN19-MAXIMUM-BINDING ... OUTBIN317-MAXIMUM-BINDING
                                               outbin4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.4
                                                   outbin4-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.4.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-OVERRIDE-MODE.
                                                   outbin4-maximum-binding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.4.10
The maximum number of sheets of 20 pound paper that can be bound by the binding device that serves this output bin. If a job exceeds this number and the job has requested binding, cBindingError will be set in NOT- READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-MAXIMUM-BINDING.
                                                   outbin4-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.4.11
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this output bin. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-PHD.
                                               outbin5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.5
                                                   outbin5-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.5.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-OVERRIDE-MODE.
                                                   outbin5-maximum-binding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.5.10
The maximum number of sheets of 20 pound paper that can be bound by the binding device that serves this output bin. If a job exceeds this number and the job has requested binding, cBindingError will be set in NOT- READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-MAXIMUM-BINDING.
                                                   outbin5-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.5.11
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this output bin. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-PHD.
                                               outbin6 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.6
                                                   outbin6-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.6.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-OVERRIDE-MODE.
                                                   outbin6-maximum-binding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.6.10
The maximum number of sheets of 20 pound paper that can be bound by the binding device that serves this output bin. If a job exceeds this number and the job has requested binding, cBindingError will be set in NOT- READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-MAXIMUM-BINDING.
                                                   outbin6-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.6.11
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this output bin. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-PHD.
                                               outbin7 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.7
                                                   outbin7-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.7.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-OVERRIDE-MODE.
                                                   outbin7-maximum-binding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.7.10
The maximum number of sheets of 20 pound paper that can be bound by the binding device that serves this output bin. If a job exceeds this number and the job has requested binding, cBindingError will be set in NOT- READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-MAXIMUM-BINDING.
                                                   outbin7-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.7.11
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this output bin. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-PHD.
                                               outbin8 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.8
                                                   outbin8-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.8.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-OVERRIDE-MODE.
                                                   outbin8-maximum-binding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.8.10
The maximum number of sheets of 20 pound paper that can be bound by the binding device that serves this output bin. If a job exceeds this number and the job has requested binding, cBindingError will be set in NOT- READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-MAXIMUM-BINDING.
                                                   outbin8-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.8.11
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this output bin. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-PHD.
                                               outbin9 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.9
                                                   outbin9-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.9.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-OVERRIDE-MODE.
                                                   outbin9-maximum-binding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.9.10
The maximum number of sheets of 20 pound paper that can be bound by the binding device that serves this output bin. If a job exceeds this number and the job has requested binding, cBindingError will be set in NOT- READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-MAXIMUM-BINDING.
                                                   outbin9-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.9.11
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this output bin. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-PHD.
                                                   outbin9-error-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.9.12
A device specific description of the last error encountered for output bin 9. Each POS should document the meaning of all supported error information. Additional information: This is a description of the current error state of a finishing device. (ie stapler). If the bin does not support any finishing capabilities then the object will return <badValue>. The possible return values are as follows: Byte1, Byte2, and Byte3 should be 0x00. as they are reserved for future use. Byte4 is a bit field that can be interpreted as follows: bit 0 -- unused bit 1 -- eBinderOut Out of staples bit 2 -- eBinderLimit Too many pages to finish bit 3 -- eBinderJam Staple jammed in stapler bit 4 -- eBinderAlign Pages arent aligned correctly to finish. bit 5 -- unused bit 6 -- unused bit 7 -- unused OUTBIN3 is the topmost bin on the output device. This bin replaces the left output bin on the base printer. OUTBIN4 through OUTBIN8 are the additional 5 regular bins supplied by the MBM5S device. OUTBIN9 is the stapler unit and is the lowest bin in the device. NOTE: Because HP is marketing a device with a max of 7 bins (MBM5S) the OUTBINn-ERROR-INFO objects are 3-9 but the external device specification requires support of up to 315 output bins. Therefore if these bins exist above 7, then the coresponding objects will also exist OUTBIN10-ERROR-INFO through OUTBIN317-ERROR-INFO.
                                               outbin10 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.10
                                                     outbin10-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.10.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-OVERRIDE-MODE.
                                                     outbin10-maximum-binding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.10.10
The maximum number of sheets of 20 pound paper that can be bound by the binding device that serves this output bin. If a job exceeds this number and the job has requested binding, cBindingError will be set in NOT- READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-MAXIMUM-BINDING.
                                                     outbin10-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.10.11
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this output bin. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-PHD.
                                               outbin11 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.11
                                                     outbin11-override-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.11.9
Returns or sets the device behavior when this output bin condition causes printing to stop. cCancelJob - The device cancels the job. cOutbinFullOverride - The device sends subsequent media to the overflow bin. cOutbinAttentionOverride - The device ignores the attention condition and continues printing. cBinderAttentionOverride - The device ignores the binder attention condition and continues printing. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-OVERRIDE-MODE.
                                                     outbin11-maximum-binding 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.11.10
The maximum number of sheets of 20 pound paper that can be bound by the binding device that serves this output bin. If a job exceeds this number and the job has requested binding, cBindingError will be set in NOT- READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-MAXIMUM-BINDING.
                                                     outbin11-phd 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.4.3.11.11
Provides the number of the Paper Handling Device that contains this output bin. Additional information: See OUTBIN3-PHD.
                                       marking-agent 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.5
                                           settings-marking-agent 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.5.1
                                               low-marking-agent-processing 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.5.1.3
Returns or changes how the device processes a low marking agent event. If eCont, then the device continues to print. If eStop, then the device stops until a continue event occurs.
                                       imaging 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.6
                                           default-ret 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.6.5
Returns or changes the Resolution Enhancement Technology setting. Devices that only support eOff and on should map all other values to on and always return the same non-eOff value to indicate on. The list of supported values should be documented in the device POS. Additional information: Setting this object may cause a status of <noError> to be returned, but the new value will not take effect until a job boundary is reached. If a get is done on object before the job boundary is reached, the value last set will be returned. The value of this object is saved over a powercycle.
                                           default-print-quality 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.6.7
Returns or sets the default print quality. A value of zero has the lowest print quality. A value of 100 has the highest print quality. Each POS should document what values in the 0 to 100 range are supported. Additional information: In LaserJet 4050 Series, the supported values are 0 and 100. A value of zero has the lowest print quality(ECONOMODE=ON), thus minimizes the amount of toner used to print a page. A value of 100 has the highest print quality (ECONOMODE=OFF), thus uses more toner to print a page. Setting to an unsupported value outside of the 0 to 100 range causes the printer to return <badValue> status. Setting to an unsupported value inside of the 0 to 100 range causes the printer to substitute in a snap value (listed below) and to return <noError> status. The snap values are as follow: 0 to 50 snap to 0 51 to 100 snap to 100
                                       ph 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7
                                           settings-ph 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.1
                                           ph-devices 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3
                                               ph2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.2
                                                   phd2-device-specific-command 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.2.2
This object is used to send device-specific data to the paper handling device. The meaning of the device- specific command is dependent on the paper handling device and must be specified in the POS. If the paper handling device does not accept the command, then an <badValue> will be returned. If the device accepts the command, it may still be processing the command after the response has been returned. Depending on the device, the application may need to query PHDx-DEVICE-MEMORY to see when the command has completed. Additional information: If at least one (1) external paper handling device is attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> will be returned. Since the data formats can vary from device to device, this information must be documented for each device by the manufacturer of the device. If the device does not support this command, then an <badValue> error message will be returned. Since it will usually take longer to send this command to the device than PML allows for <Set> operations, this object will have a return value that does not necessarily match the value currently received by the first device.
                                                   phd2-device-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.2.4
This object is used to read the current values stored in shared memory available from the paper handling device. Additional information: If at least one (1) external paper handling device is attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the current memory stored in the printers NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the first paper handling device. Currently, the printer allocates 16 bytes for each device.
                                               ph3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.3
                                                   phd3-device-specific-command 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.3.2
This object is used to send device-specific data to the paper handling device. The meaning of the device- specific command is dependent on the paper handling device and must be specified in the POS. If the paper handling device does not accept the command, then an <badValue> will be returned. If the device accepts the command, it may still be processing the command after the response has been returned. Depending on the device, the application may need to query PHDx-DEVICE-MEMORY to see when the command has completed. Additional information: If at least two (2) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> will be returned. Since the data formats can vary from device to device, this information must be documented for each device by the manufacturer of the device. If the device does not support this command, then an <badValue> error message will be returned. Since it will usually take longer to send this command to the device than PML allows for <Set> operations, this object will have a return value that does not necessarily match the value currently received by the second device.
                                                   phd3-device-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.3.4
This object is used to read the current values stored in shared memory available from the paper handling device. Additional information: If at least two (2) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the current memory stored in the printers NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the second paper handling device. Currently, the printer allocates 16 bytes for each device.
                                               ph4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.4
                                                   phd4-device-specific-command 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.4.2
This object is used to send device-specific data to the paper handling device. The meaning of the device- specific command is dependent on the paper handling device and must be specified in the POS. If the paper handling device does not accept the command, then an <badValue> will be returned. If the device accepts the command, it may still be processing the command after the response has been returned. Depending on the device, the application may need to query PHDx-DEVICE-MEMORY to see when the command has completed. Additional information: If at least three (3) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> will be returned. Since the data formats can vary from device to device, this information must be documented for each device by the manufacturer of the device. If the device does not support this command, then an <badValue> error message will be returned. Since it will usually take longer to send this command to the device than PML allows for <Set> operations, this object will have a return value that does not necessarily match the value currently received by the third device.
                                                   phd4-device-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.4.4
This object is used to read the current values stored in shared memory available from the paper handling device. Additional information: If at least three (3) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the current memory stored in the printers NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the second paper handling device. Currently, the printer allocates 16 bytes for each device.
                                               ph5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.5
                                                   phd5-device-specific-command 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.5.2
This object is used to send device-specific data to the paper handling device. The meaning of the device- specific command is dependent on the paper handling device and must be specified in the POS. If the paper handling device does not accept the command, then an <badValue> will be returned. If the device accepts the command, it may still be processing the command after the response has been returned. Depending on the device, the application may need to query PHDx-DEVICE-MEMORY to see when the command has completed. Additional information: If at least four (4) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> will be returned. Since the data formats can vary from device to device, this information must be documented for each device by the manufacturer of the device. If the device does not support this command, then an <badValue> error message will be returned. Since it will usually take longer to send this command to the device than PML allows for <Set> operations, this object will have a return value that does not necessarily match the value currently received by the fourth device.
                                                   phd5-device-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.5.4
This object is used to read the current values stored in shared memory available from the paper handling device. Additional information: If at least four (4) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the current memory stored in the printers NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the second paper handling device. Currently, the printer allocates 16 bytes for each device.
                                               ph6 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.6
                                                   phd6-device-specific-command 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.6.2
This object is used to send device-specific data to the paper handling device. The meaning of the device- specific command is dependent on the paper handling device and must be specified in the POS. If the paper handling device does not accept the command, then an <badValue> will be returned. If the device accepts the command, it may still be processing the command after the response has been returned. Depending on the device, the application may need to query PHDx-DEVICE-MEMORY to see when the command has completed. Additional information: If at least five (5) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> will be returned. Since the data formats can vary from device to device, this information must be documented for each device by the manufacturer of the device. If the device does not support this command, then an <badValue> error message will be returned. Since it will usually take longer to send this command to the device than PML allows for <Set> operations, this object will have a return value that does not necessarily match the value currently received by the fifth device.
                                                   phd6-device-memory 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.7.3.6.4
This object is used to read the current values stored in shared memory available from the paper handling device. Additional information: If at least five (5) external paper handling devices are attached to the printer, then this object will exist, otherwise <noSuchName> should be returned. This object returns the current memory stored in the printers NVRAM (non-volatile RAM) for the second paper handling device. Currently, the printer allocates 16 bytes for each device.
                                       print-media 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8
                                           settings-print-media 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.1
                                               media-names-available 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.1.1
The value of this object controls which of the MEDIAx- NAME objects are supported. If a bit is set to zero, then attempting to get or set the corresponding MEDIAx- NAME objects will return <noSuchName>. Additional information: Setting a bit to one will cause the corresponding MEDIAn- objects to be available (attempting to access an unavailable object will return <noSuchName>). MEDIA1- objects are always present in LaserJet 4000 Series, as this is the default media. If this object is set to a value that does not include cMediaName1Available, that bit will be set and a status of <noError> will be returned. cMediaName12Available cannot be changed on LaserJet 4000 Series, as MediaName12 is not a supported Media Name for that product. Attempts to set cMediaName12Available will cause <badValue> to be returned.
                                               north-edge-offset 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.1.2
Returns or sets the number of 300 dpi dots by which the image is shifted. Shift is relative to the leading edge of the medium as the medium flows through the marking engine with the side to be imaged facing the observer. The leading edge is the North edge and the other edges are defined by the normal compass layout of directions with the compass facing the observer. The adjustment is for all pages printed. A positive value moves the image away from the leading edge of the medium. A negative value moves the image closer to the leading edge of the medium. The value 0 will return the image to its factory default position. Additional information: The value of this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                           media-info 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3
                                               media1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.1
                                                   media1-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.1.1
Media 1 name. Additional information: The symbol set for this string is Roman-8.
                                                   media1-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.1.2
Length restricted version of the media name 1. The length restriction is required to allow the media name to be displayed on the devices control panel. The device POS must state the maximum number of characters allowed. If the device also has a limitation on what characters in a character set can be used (e.g. only uppercase characters allowed), the POS should also state character restrictions. Additional information: The maximum supported string length is 9 characters. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store the first 9 characters and will return the <noError> status. The characters must be in the range 20H to 7FH except 5C cannot be used. The default symbol set is Roman-8 for English; additional legal symbol sets are ISOLatin5, ISOLatin2 and Windows31J. Setting this object with characters outside of the range or of an illegal symbol set will cause an error status of <badValue> to be returned.
                                                   media1-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.1.3
Number of sheets of media 1 that have been printed. The device POS should state whether this value is lost across a power cycle or kept in NVRAM. Additional information: For LaserJet 4050 Series this page count is saved in NVRAM after every 10 pages. The maximum value is 4,294,967,295 which will never be reached in normal operation. The page count is incremented when a sheet of media is pulled from an input tray. A duplex printed sheet will cause this counter to be incremented by one. The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                                   media1-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.1.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media type. Currently, engine processing characteristics denotes changes to fusing temperature and/or transfer roller voltage. The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                               media2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.2
                                                   media2-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.2.1
Media 2 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                   media2-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.2.2
Length restricted version of the media name 2. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                   media2-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.2.3
Number of sheets of media 2 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                   media2-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.2.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.3
                                                   media3-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.3.1
Media 3 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                   media3-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.3.2
Length restricted version of the media name 3. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                   media3-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.3.3
Number of sheets of media 3 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                   media3-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.3.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.4
                                                   media4-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.4.1
Media 4 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                   media4-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.4.2
Length restricted version of the media name 4. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                   media4-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.4.3
Number of sheets of media 4 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                   media4-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.4.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.5
                                                   media5-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.5.1
Media 5 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                   media5-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.5.2
Length restricted version of the media name 5. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                   media5-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.5.3
Number of sheets of media 5 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                   media5-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.5.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media6 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.6
                                                   media6-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.6.1
Media 6 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                   media6-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.6.2
Length restricted version of the media name 6. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                   media6-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.6.3
Number of sheets of media 6 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                   media6-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.6.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media7 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.7
                                                   media7-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.7.1
Media 7 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                   media7-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.7.2
Length restricted version of the media name 7. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                   media7-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.7.3
Number of sheets of media 7 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                   media7-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.7.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media8 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.8
                                                   media8-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.8.1
Media 8 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                   media8-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.8.2
Length restricted version of the media name 8. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                   media8-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.8.3
Number of sheets of media 8 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                   media8-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.8.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media9 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.9
                                                   media9-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.9.1
Media 9 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                   media9-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.9.2
Length restricted version of the media name 9. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                   media9-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.9.3
Number of sheets of media 9 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                   media9-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.9.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media10 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.10
                                                     media10-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.10.1
Media 10 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                     media10-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.10.2
Length restricted version of the media name 10. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                     media10-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.10.3
Number of sheets of media 10 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                     media10-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.10.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media11 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.11
                                                     media11-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.11.1
Media 11 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                     media11-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.11.2
Length restricted version of the media name 11. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                     media11-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.11.3
Number of sheets of media 11 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                     media11-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.11.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media12 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.12
                                                     media12-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.12.1
Media 12 name. Additional information: See MEDIA1-NAME.
                                                     media12-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.12.2
Length restricted version of the media name 12. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME.
                                                     media12-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.12.3
Number of sheets of media 12 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                     media12-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.12.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media13 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.13
                                                     media13-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.13.1
Media 13 name. Additional information: The maximum supported string length is 24 bytes. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store the first 24 bytes and return the <noError> status. See CAUTION statement under Product Specific Use.
                                                     media13-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.13.2
Length restricted version of the media name 13. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: The maximum supported string length is 9 characters. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store the first 9 characters and will return the <noError> status. The characters must be in the range 20H to 7FH except 5C cannot be used. The default symbol set is Roman-8 for English; additional legal symbol sets are ISOLatin5, ISOLatin2 and Windows31J. Setting this object with characters outside of the range or of an illegal symbol set will cause an error status of <badValue> to be returned.
                                                     media13-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.13.3
Number of sheets of media 13 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                     media13-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.13.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media14 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.14
                                                     media14-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.14.1
Media 14 name. Additional information: See MEDIA13-NAME.
                                                     media14-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.14.2
Length restricted version of the media name 14. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA13-SHORT-NAME.
                                                     media14-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.14.3
Number of sheets of media 14 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA13-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                     media14-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.14.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media15 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.15
                                                     media15-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.15.1
Media 15 name. Additional information: See MEDIA13-NAME.
                                                     media15-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.15.2
Length restricted version of the media name 15. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA13-SHORT-NAME.
                                                     media15-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.15.3
Number of sheets of media 15 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA13-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                     media15-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.15.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media16 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.16
                                                     media16-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.16.1
Media 16 name. Additional information: See MEDIA13-NAME.
                                                     media16-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.16.2
Length restricted version of the media name 16. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA13-SHORT-NAME.
                                                     media16-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.16.3
Number of sheets of media 16 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA13-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                     media16-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.16.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media17 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.17
                                                     media17-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.17.1
Media 17 name. Additional information: See MEDIA13-NAME.
                                                     media17-short-name 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.17.2
Length restricted version of the media name 17. See MEDIA1-SHORT-NAME for details. Additional information: See MEDIA13-SHORT-NAME.
                                                     media17-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.17.3
Number of sheets of media 17 that have been printed. See MEDIA1-PAGE-COUNT for details. Additional information: See MEDIA13-PAGE-COUNT.
                                                     media17-engine-media-mode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.17.4
The engine processing characteristics that are to be applied to this media. The processing characteristics are device specific. Additional information: See the description for MEDIA1-ENGINE-MEDIA-MODE.
                                               media18 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.18
                                               media19 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.19
                                               media20 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.20
                                               media21 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.21
                                               media22 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.22
                                               media23 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.23
                                               media24 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.24
                                               media25 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.25
                                               media26 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.26
                                               media27 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.27
                                               media28 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.28
                                               media29 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.29
                                               media30 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.30
                                               media31 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.31
                                               media32 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.32
                                               media33 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.33
                                               media34 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.34
                                               media35 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.35
                                               media36 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.36
                                               media37 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.37
                                               media38 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.3.38
                                           media-modes 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.4
                                               engine-media-modes-supported1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.4.1
The list of engine media modes supported by the device. The modes are each separated by a comma character. An example string would be: Normal,Rough,Low,Vellum.
                                           media-size 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.5
                                               media-size-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.5.1
The number of impressions printed on sheets of this media size. The device POS should state whether this value is lost across a power cycle or is kept in permanent storage. Additional information: The value of this object is persistent across a power cycle. The index for these objects, the last number of the OID, uniquely identifies the paper size. This value corresponds to the page sizes listed below. These values are also documented in the PCL Implementors Guide and the PML Master MIB. 1 US-Executive 2 US-Letter 3 US-Legal 25 ISO and JIS A5 26 ISO and JIS A4 45 JIS B5 80 LaserJet 4500 81 Commercal-10 90 International DL 91 International C5 100 International B5 101 Custom
                                               media-size-west-edge-first-side-offset 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.5.2
Returns or sets the number of 300 dpi dots by which the image is shifted relative to the west edge of the medium (see NORTH-EDGE-OFFSET). The adjustment is for the first printed side of the medium only. A positive value moves the image away from the west edge of the medium. A negative value moves the image closer to the west edge of the medium. The value 0 will return the image to its factory default position. Additional information: Returns or sets the number of 300 dpi dots by which the image is shifted relative to the west edge of the medium (see NORTH-EDGE-OFFSET). The adjustment is for the first printed side of the medium only. A positive value moves the image away from the west edge of the medium. A negative value moves the image closer to the west edge of the medium. The value 0 will return the image to its factory default position. The values in the sub array index are from the media size table in the hpmib. The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                               media-size-west-edge-second-side-offset 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.5.3
Returns or sets the number of 300 dpi dots by which the image is shifted relative to the west edge of the medium (see NORTH-EDGE-OFFSET). The adjustment is for the second printed side of the medium only. A positive value moves the image away from the west edge of the medium. A negative value moves the image closer to the west edge of the medium. The value 0 will return the image to its factory default position. Additional information: Returns or sets the number of 300 dpi dots by which the image is shifted relative to the west edge of the medium (see NORTH-EDGE-OFFSET). The adjustment is for the second printed side of the medium only. A positive value moves the image away from the west edge of the medium. A negative value moves the image closer to the west edge of the medium. The value 0 will return the image to its factory default position. The values in the sub array index are from the media size table in the hpmib. The data for this object is stored in NVRAM.
                                           media-mode-details 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6
                                               media-mode1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.1
                                                   engine-media-mode1-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.1.2
The number of sheets printed using this media mode. The device POS should state whether this value is lost across a power cycle or is kept in permanent storage. Additional information: The value of this object is persistent across a power cycle. Engine media mode 1 is normal fusing. Engine media mode 2 is transparency fusing. Engine media mode 3 is glossy fusing. Enigne media mode 4 is heavy media fusing. Engine media mode 5 is envelope fusing.
                                               media-mode2 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.2
                                                   engine-media-mode2-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.2.2
The number of sheets printed using this media mode. The device POS should state whether this value is lost across a power cycle or is kept in permanent storage. Additional information: The value of this object is persistent across a power cycle. Engine media mode 1 is normal fusing. Engine media mode 2 is transparency fusing. Engine media mode 3 is glossy fusing. Enigne media mode 4 is heavy media fusing. Engine media mode 5 is envelope fusing.
                                               media-mode3 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.3
                                                   engine-media-mode3-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.3.2
The number of sheets printed using this media mode. The device POS should state whether this value is lost across a power cycle or is kept in permanent storage. Additional information: The value of this object is persistent across a power cycle. Engine media mode 1 is normal fusing. Engine media mode 2 is transparency fusing. Engine media mode 3 is glossy fusing. Enigne media mode 4 is heavy media fusing. Engine media mode 5 is envelope fusing.
                                               media-mode4 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.4
                                                   engine-media-mode4-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.4.2
The number of sheets printed using this media mode. The device POS should state whether this value is lost across a power cycle or is kept in permanent storage. Additional information: The value of this object is persistent across a power cycle. Engine media mode 1 is normal fusing. Engine media mode 2 is transparency fusing. Engine media mode 3 is glossy fusing. Enigne media mode 4 is heavy media fusing. Engine media mode 5 is envelope fusing.
                                               media-mode5 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.5
                                                   engine-media-mode5-page-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.6.5.2
The number of sheets printed using this media mode. The device POS should state whether this value is lost across a power cycle or is kept in permanent storage. Additional information: The value of this object is persistent across a power cycle. Engine media mode 1 is normal fusing. Engine media mode 2 is transparency fusing. Engine media mode 3 is glossy fusing. Enigne media mode 4 is heavy media fusing. Engine media mode 5 is envelope fusing.
                                           media-counts 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.7
                                           media-types 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.8
                                               media-number-of-type-supported 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.8.8.1
Indicates the maximum number of supported media types
                                       consumables 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10
                                             consumables-1 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.1
                                                 consumable-status 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.1.1
                                             consumables-status 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.5
                                                 consumables-life 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.5.1
                                                     consumable-life-usage-units-remaining 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.5.1.1
This object reports the current estimate of the number of usage units that remain before this supply is depleted. An installed supply that cannot report such a number will return a value of -2. It is the reponsibility of the host application to query each supply in order to determine an overall device USAGE-UNITS-REMAINING number - the lowest value returned. The unit of measure for this life estimate is determined by reading the corresponding CONSUMABLE-LIFE-USAGE-UNITS object
                                                     consumable-life-usage-units 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.5.1.2
This object reports current usage units in use by the corresponding CONSUMABLE-LIFE-USAGE-UNITS-REMAINING object
                                                     consumable-life-low-threshold 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.5.1.3
This object is used to report and modify a threshold value indicating the point in the life of a consumable or supply at which a transition to a LOW state will occur
                                                     estimated-page-yield 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.5.1.4
Returns the estimated yield of the cartridge in ESTIMATED-PAGE-YIELD-UNIT units
                                                     estimated-page-yield-unit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.5.1.5
Returns the unit used for ESTIMATED-PAGE-YIELD
                                                     supplies-at-very-low-delay-limit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.5.1.6
This object is used to report and modify a very low delay limit value indicating the number of pages to delay the transition to a very low state for a supply.
                                                 supplies-at-very-low-delay 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.5.2
Indicates if the transition to a VERY LOW state should be delayed by the number of pages specified in SUPPLIES-AT-VERY-LOW-DELAY-LIMIT
                                             consumable-current-state 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.7
This PML object returns the current state of the particular consumable. \\ cAuthLevel1 - Consumable is at Authentication Level 1 \\ cAuthLevel2 - Consumable is at Authentication Level 2 \\ cAuthLevel3 - Consumable is at Authentication Level 3 \\ cAuthLevel4 - Consumable is at Authentication Level 4 \\ cAuthLevel5 - Consumable is at Authentication Level 5 \\ cGenuineHPUnsupported - Cartridge is GenuineHP intended for another product \\ cDefectiveMemory - Cartridge has a defective memory tag \\ cMissingMemory - Memory tag is missing from the cartridge\\ cLowCondition - Consumable has reached the engine low threshold \\ cOutCondition - Consumable has reached its out threshold \\ cIncorrect - Cartridge inserted is not the correct one \\ cMissing - Consumable is missing from the printer \\ cConfigurableLow - Consumable has reached the configurable low threshold value \\ cStatusArevalid - The status reported on other bits are valid only if the bit is set to 1. If it is 0, the values are invalid. \\ cExpired - Is the cartridge expired, which is determined \\ by the formatter.\\ cFailure - Cartridge has failed determined by the engine. \\ cLeak - Cartridge has a leak as determined by the engine. \\ cUnknownManufacturer - the brand of the cartridge is \\ unknown as determined by the engine. \\ cUnsupported --- Cartridge is not supported as determined\\ by the engine. \\ cIncompatible - When installed consumable is incompatible with current printer. These are the possible states and whenever the consumable is in any of these states, the appropriate bit will be set. The cLowCondition will be set when the consumable reaches the engine low threshold, and cConfigurableLow will be set when the consumable reaches the Configurable Low threshold value. For non-cartridge supplies only cLowCondition, cOutCondition, and cMissing will be supported
                                             consumable-string 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.8
                                             device-used-while-cartridge-out-override-active 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.9
Returns eUsed if the device has ever been used while Cartridge Out Override is activated. Merely enabling cartridge out override will not cause eUsed to be returned. Cartridge Out Override must be activated by a cartridge becoming out and device must be used in that mode
                                             consumable-pages-printed-with-supply 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.11
This PML object returns the number of pages printed with a cartridge consumable. This PML object returns the value that should be displayed under Pages Printed With This Supply for cartridges in color products
                                             total-kilo-pixels-per-cartridge 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.15
Returns the total number of kilo-pixels at 600dpi in the cartridge. That is, the number returned by this object should be multiplied by 1000 to determine the total number of pixels at 600dpi in the cartridge
                                             consumable-replacement-count 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.16
The total number of times a consumable has been replaced.
                                             consumable-pages-since-replacement 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.10.18
The total number of pages fed since the last replacement of the consumable.
                                       print-meter 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.11
                                             printer-average 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.11.1
                                                 printer-average-marking-agent-units-per-gram 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.11.1.4
This object is used to read the marking agent units of measure per gram. This is typically a conversion factor for converting pixels of toner to grams. This pixels-per-gram value is used to calculate the estimated number of pages remaining for a given marking agent.
                                                 printer-average-marking-agent-coverage-actual 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.11.1.5
This object is used to read the actual average marking agent coverage for a given color plane. It is a real number that represents percent coverage and will read from 0 to 100%. This object will return the same value as PRINTER-AVERAGE-MARKING-AGENT-COVERAGE except under certain conditions which will be specified in the device POS.
                                       menus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.13
                                       media-sizes 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.15
                                             media-size-supported-driver-n-string 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.1.15.1
Returns the Driver (PJL) string used to specigy a media size, for each media size that is supported by a product. PML walk of 1.4.1.15.1 will return the driver (PJL) name string for each media size supported by a product. PML Get of 1.4.1.15.1.X will return the driver (PJL) name string of the media size whose PML ID maps to X (if it is supported)
                                   fax-send 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.2
                                       settings-fax-send 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.2.1
                                           fax-resolution 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.2.1.1
struct { unsigned_32bit x_res; /* 1st four bytes; big endian */ unsigned_32bit y_res; /* 2nd four bytes; big endian */ } Sets the send fax resolution. The x and y resolutions in this object are in fixed-point with 16 bits of fraction, and 16 bits of integer, and are in dots per inch. X is horizontal; Y is vertical. Examples of computing x_res and y_res: 300 dots/inch:round(300 * 65536) = 19660800 16 dots/mm: round(16 * 25.4 * 65536) = 26633830. If the device does not support the given combination, then itll select the nearest supported values in a device-dependent manner (documented in the POS). Additional information: HP Laserjet 3200 supports 4 fax resolutions. As far as the end-user is concerned these resolutions are: standard, fine, superfine, and photo. Photo is not really a resolution--see more below. Standard is the default. Resolutions map as follows (values are given in dots per inch (dpi) horizontal X vertical (x X y)): standard(203 X 98), fine(203 X 196), superfine(300 X 300), and photo(300 X 300). Supported resolutions in hex notation (dpi, x X y) are: standard(00cb0000 X 00620000), fine(00cb0000 X 00c4000), superfine(012C0000 X 012C0000), and photo(012C0000 X 012C0000). The device ignores attempts to set invalid resolutions. Photo is not a resolution, but photo setting depends on whether half-toning is on or off. In the case of HP Laserjet 3200 photo setting doesnt actually change the bits going out the modem -- still one bit per pixel so photo and superfine are the same. NOTE: The last 16 bits of the horizontal and vertical settings are ignored. Only the first 16 bits of the horizontal and vertical resolution setting are used.
                                           fax-contrast 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.2.1.2
Behaves as SCLs Set Scanner Contrast Level command which is used for setting the sending fax contrast level. Range is 0..100. Additional information: Behaves as COPIER-CONTRAST and SCANNER-CONTRAST. Contrast values can range from -127 to +127, for a total of 255 contrast values. Within that range, HP Laserjet 3200 supports 11 values. They are: -125, -100, -75, -50, -25, 0, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125. The default contrast level is 0 (normal). A positive value results in a larger difference, and a negative value results in a smaller difference. HP Laserjet 3200 snaps unsupported values toward zero as follows: <=-125 snaps to -125 >-125 and <=-100 snaps to -100 >-100 and <=-75 snaps to -75 >-75 and <=-50 snaps to -50 >-50 and <=-25 snaps to -25 >-25 and <25 snaps to 0 >=25 and <50 snaps to 25 >=50 and <75 snaps to 50 >=75 and <100 snaps to 75 >=100 and <125 snaps to 100 >=125 snaps to 125
                                           fax-pixel-data-type 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.2.1.3
Sets the scanning method used when sending a fax. eBiLevelThesholded - One bit per pixel, using simple thresholding of greyscale scan data. eBiLevelHalfToned - One bit per pixel, using some kind of half-toning technique (such as dithering or error-diffusion) to approximate greyscale scan data.
                                       status-fax-send 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.2.2
                                           not-ready-fax-send 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.2.2.1
Indicates if the sending fax sub-system in the device is not ready. If there are no items in the collection (i.e. no bits are set), then the sending fax sub-system is ready. If there is an item present, then the item indicates what is causing the sending fax sub-system to be not ready.
                                       transmit-fax 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.2.5
                                           fax-allow-redials 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.4.2.5.3
When eTrue, the FAX machine can redial a phone number if the prior call failed for some reason. When eFalse, such redialing will not occur.
                               channel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6
                                   channelnumberofchannels 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.1
An indication of how many print data channels the I/O card supports. Additional information: This object is used by the IIO card to tell the peripheral firmware how many logical channels will be used by the card. This object can only be set once per physical channel. If an attempt is made to set it a subsequent time it is ignored and an return code of <genErr>. is returned. If new firmware is dynamically downloaded to the I/O card, and if that firmware uses more logical channels, it is necessary to reset the printer.
                                   channelprinteralert 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.2
Identifies the values of prtAlertIndex, prtAlertSeverityLevel, prtAlertGroup, prtAlertGroupIndex, prtAlertLocation, and prtAlertCode for the latest critical evnet in the prtAlertTable. The binary string is defined as following: ------------------------------------------------------ Field | Filed | Description Offset | Length | ------------------------------------------------------ 0 | 4 | the value of prtAlertIndex 4 | 4 | the value of prtAlertSeverityLevel 8 | 4 | the value of prtAlertGroup 12 | 4 | the value of prtAlertGroupIndex 16 | 4 | the value of prtAlertLocation 20 | 4 | the value of prtAlertCode ------------------------------------------------------ Each field is in Big Endian style. Additional information: This object is used to pass alert information from the peripheral to the IIO card. The standard printer MIB contains the following description: printerAlert TRAP-TYPE ENTERPRISE printerV1Alert VARIABLES { prtAlertIndex, prtAlertSeverityLevel, prtAlertGroup, prtAlertGroupIndex, prtAlertLocation, prtAlertCode } DESCRIPTION This trap is sent whenever a critical event is added to the prtAlertTable. In order to provide this information in the trap packet, the IIO card enables traps on channelPrinterAlert. When a critical alert is generated the peripheral fills the appropriate value into this object and sends it to the card. This object is a structure which contains 24 bytes of data. The structure is: struct structAlertInfo { sint32 prtAlertIndex; sint32 prtAlertSeverityLevel; sint32 prtAlertGroup; sint32 prtAlertGroupIndex; sint32 prtAlertLocation; sint32 prtAlertCode; } thisAlertData;
                                   channelTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.3
                                       channelEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.3.1
                                           channeltype 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.3.1.2
Identifies the type of MIO print data channel. Additional information: After telling the peripheral how many logical channels will be used, the IIO card tells the printer the type of each of the channels. The type information is passed using the channelType object. Values are then saved by the peripheral and reported when users request the value of prtChannelType.
                                           channelprotocolversion 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.3.1.3
The version of the protocol used on this MIO print data channel. Additional information: After telling the peripheral how many logical channels will be used, the IIO card tells the printer the protocol version of each of the channels. The protocol version information is passed using the channelProtocolVersion object. Values are then saved by the peripheral and reported when users request the value of prtChannelProtocolVersion.
                                           channelstate 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.3.1.4
The state of this print data channel. The value determines whether control information and print data is allowed through this channel or not. Additional information: After telling the peripheral how many logical channels will be used, the IIO card tells the printer the state of each of the channels. The state can change from time to time. The state information is passed using the channelState object. Values are saved by the peripheral and reported when users request the value of prtChannelState.
                                           channelifindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.3.1.5
The value of ifIndex which corresponds to this channel. Additional information: After telling the peripheral how many logical channels will be used, the IIO card tells the printer the value of the IfIndex for each channel. The IfIndex is used as part of MIB-II. The values are saved by the peripheral and reported when users request the value of prtChannelIfIndex.
                                           channelstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.3.1.6
Sub-unit status is reported in the entries of the principle table in the Group that represents the sub- unit. For sub-units that report a status, there is a status column in the table and the value of this column is always an integer formed in the following way. The SubUnitStatus is an integer that is the sum of 5 distinct values, Availability, Non-Critical, Critical, On-line, and Transitioning. These values are: Availability value Available and Idle 0 000b Available and Standby 2 010b Available and Active 4 100b Available and Busy 6 110b Unavailable and OnRequest 1 001b Unavailable because Broken 3 011b Unknown 5 101b Non-Critical No Non-Critical Alerts 0 Non-Critical Alerts 8 Critical No Critical Alerts 0 Critical Alerts 16 On-Line Intended state is On-Line 0 Intended state is Off-Line 32 Transitioning At intended state 0 Transitioning to intended state 64 Additional information: After telling the peripheral how many logical channels will be used, the IIO card tells the printer the status of each of the channels. The status can change from time to time. The status information is passed using the channelStatus object. Values are saved by the peripheral and reported when users request the value of prtChannelStatus.
                                           channelinformation 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.6.3.1.7
Auxiliary information to allow a printing application to use the channel for data submission to the printer. An application capable of using a specific PrtChannelType should be able to use the combined information from the prtChannelInformation and other channel and interface group objects to bootstrap its use of the channel. prtChannelInformation is not intended to provide a general channel description, nor to provide information that is available once the channel is in use. The encoding and interpretation of the prtChannelInformation object is specific to channel type. The description of each PrtChannelType enum value for which prtChannelInformation is defined specifies the appropriate encoding and interpretation, including interaction with other objects. For channel types that do not specify a prtChannelInformation value, its value shall be null (0 length). When a new PrtChannelType enumeration value is registered, its accompanying description must specify the encoding and interpretation of the prtChannelInformation value for the channel type. prtChannelInformation semantics for an existing PrtChannelType may be added or amended in the same manner as described in section 2.4.1 for type 2 enumeration values. The prtChannelInformation specifies values for a collection of channel attributes, represented as text according to the following rules: 1. The prtChannelInformation is coded in the NVT ASCII character set. It is not affected by localization. 2. The prtChannelInformation is a list of entries representing the attribute values. Each entry consists of the following items, in order: a. a keyword, composed of alphabetic characters (A- Z, a-z), that identifies a channel attribute, b. an Equals Sign (=) to delimit the keyword, c. a data value, consisting of NVT ASCII graphics characters (codes 32-126), d. a Line Feed character (code 10) to delimit the data value. No other characters shall be present. Keywords are case-sensitive. Conventionally, keywords are capitalized (including each word of a multi-word keyword), and, since they occupy space in the prtChannelInformation, they are kept short. 3. If a channel attribute has multiple values, it is represented by multiple entries with the same keyword, each specifying one value. Otherwise, there shall be at most one entry for each attribute. 4. By default, entries may appear in any order. If there are ordering constraints for particular entries, these must be specified in their definitions. 5. The prtChannelInformation value may represent information that is not normally coded in textual form, or that is coded in a character set other than NVT ASCII. In these cases, whatever symbolic representation is conventionally used for the information should be used for encoding the prtChannelInformation. (For instance, a binary port value might be represented as a decimal number, Unicode would be represented in UTF-8 format.) 6. For each PrtChannelType for which prtChannelInformation entries are defined, the descriptive text associated with the PrtChannelType enumeration value shall specify the following information for each entry: Title: Brief description phrase, e.g.: Port name,Service Name, Keyword: The keyword value, eg: Port, Service Syntax: The encoding of the entry value, if it cannot be directly represented by NVT ASCII, Status: Mandatory, Optional, or Conditionally Mandatory, Multiplicity: Single or Multiple, to indicate whether the entry may be present multiple times, Description: Description of the use of the entry, other information required to complete the definition (e.g.: ordering contstraints, interactions between entries). Applications that interpret prtChannelInformation should ignore unrecognized entries, so they are not affected if new entry types are added. Additional information: After telling the peripheral how many logical channels will be used, the IIO card tells the printer the value of the information value of each of the channels. The information is auxiliary information used in conjunction with the channel Type.
                               tables 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.7
                                   channel-table 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.7.2
                                       channel-entry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.7.2.1
                                           channel-bytes-sent 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.7.2.1.2
The low order 31 bits of the number of bytes sent from the printer to the host on this logical channel.
                                           channel-bytes-received 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.7.2.1.3
The low order 31 bits of the number of bytes received by the printer from the host on this logical channel.
                                           channel-io-errors 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.7.2.1.4
The low order 31 bits of the number of I/O errors which have occured on this logical channel.
                                           channel-jobs-received 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.7.2.1.5
The low order 31 bits of the number of print jobs which have been received on this logical channel.
                                           channel-mio 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.1.7.2.1.6
The number of the MIO card associated with this logical channel. If this logical channel is not associated with an MIO card a zero is returned. The value returned for each logical channel is the MIO cards physical slot number. The list of supported values should be documented in the device POS. Additional information: The value returned will be zero for channels 1..3. If an MIOA card is installed, channels 4..10 will return a value of one or two. If an MIOB card is installed, channels 11..17 will return a value of one or two but not the same as channels 4..10. When two IIO cards are installed, the value returned by any channel 4..17 may change after the printer is power cycled.
                           printmib 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2
                               prtGeneral 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5
                                   prtGeneralTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1
                                       prtGeneralEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1
                                           prtgeneralconfigchanges 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.1
Counts configuration changes that change the capabilities of a printer, such as the addition/deletion of input/output bins, the addition/deletion of interpreters, or changes in media size. Such changes will often affect the capability of the printer to service certain types of print jobs. Management applications may cache infrequently changed configuration information about sub-units on the printer. This object should be incremented whenever the agent wishes such applications to invalidate that cache and re-download all of this configuration information, thereby signaling a change in the printers configuration. For example, if an input tray that contained paper of different dimensions was added, this counter would be incremented. As an additional example, this counter would not be incremented when an input tray is removed or the level of an input device changes. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This is a 32 bit counter (unsigned). When it reaches its maximum value, it will roll to zero.
                                           prtgeneralcurrentlocalization 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.2
The value of the prtLocalizationIndex corresponding to the current language, country, and character set to be used for localized string values that are identified as being dependent on the value of this object. Note that this object does not apply to localized strings in the prtConsole group or to any object that is not explicitly identified as being localized according to prtGeneralCurrentLocalization. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The value of this object is saved in NVRAM.
                                           prtgeneralreset 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.3
Setting this value to `powerCycleReset, `resetToNVRAM, or `resetToFactoryDefaults will result in the resetting of the printer. When read, this object will always have the value `notResetting(3), and a SET of the value `notResetting shall have no effect on the printer. Some of the defined values are optional. However, every implementation must support at least the values `notResetting and resetToNVRAM. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML USER-NVRAM-RESET and POWER-ON-RESET. The, the following sequence of events occur when this object is set to ePpowerCycleReset, ePresetToNVRAM, or ePresetToFactoryDefaults: 1. Wait until a job boundary. 2. The paper path is flushed. 3. The printer is reset per the request. The printer will respond to PML requests up to this point in time. All settings will make the printer go thru its power-on initialization routines and I/O cards are reset. When this object is set to ePpowerCycleReset or ePresetToNVRAM, the printer performs its power on initialization routines. I/O cards are reset, although NVRAM on the cards is not changed, and all I/O buffers are flushed. This is equivalent to turning the printer off and then on again. Setting this object to ePresetToFactoryDefaults causes the same action as ePpowerCycleReset exept that it also changes all configurable settings back to their factory defaults. It is equivalent to doing a Cold Reset from the control panel while turning on the printer.
                                           prtgeneralcurrentoperator 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.4
The name of the person who is responsible for operating this printer. It is suggested that this string include information that would enable other humans to reach the operator, such as a phone number. As a convention to facilitate automatic notification of the operator by the agent or the network management station, the phone number, fax number or email address should be placed on a separate line starting with ASCII LF (hex 0x0A) and the ASCII text string (without the quotes): phone: , fax: , and email: , respectively. Phone numbers may contain digits, whitespace and parentheses, which shall be ignored. Phone numbers may also include ASCII comma characters(hex 2C) that are used to indicate a two-second pause during the dialing sequence. If either the phone, fax, or email information is not available, then a line should not be included for this information. NOTE: For interoperability purposes, it is advisable to use email addresses formatted according to RFC 822 requirements. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML SYSTEM-CONTACT. The maximum supported string length is 32 characters. Length of 32 was chosen so a phone number could be included with the name. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store as much as possible and will return the <noError> status.
                                           prtgeneralserviceperson 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.5
The name of the person responsible for servicing this printer. It is suggested that this string include information that would enable other humans to reach the service person, such as a phone number. As a convention to facilitate automatic notification of the service person by the agent or a network management station, the phone number, fax number or email address should be placed on a separate line starting with ASCII LF (hex 0x0A) and the ASCII text string (without the quotes): phone: , fax: , and email: , respectively. Phone numbers may contain digits, whitespace and parentheses, which shall be ignored. Phone numbers can also include one or more ASCII comma characters(hex 2C) to indicate a two-second pause during the dialing sequence. If either the phone,fax, or email information is not available, then a line should not included for this information. NOTE: For interoperability purposes, it is advisable to use email addresses formatted according to RFC 822 requirements. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML SYSTEM-CONTACT. The maximum supported string length is 32 characters. Length of 32 was chosen so a phone number could be included with the name. If the user entered string is too long, the device will store as much as possible and will return the <noError> status.
                                           prtinputdefaultindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.6
The value of prtInputIndex corresponding to the default input sub-unit: that is, this object selects the default source of input media. This value shall be -1 if there is no default input subunit specified for the printer as a whole. In this case, the actual default input subunit may be specified by means outside the scope of this MIB, such as by each interpreter in a printer with multiple interpreters. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The default input tray is determined by the printer based on DEFAULT-MEDIA-SIZE and DEFAULT-MEDIA-NAME, and whether or not optional trays are installed. If Tray 1 is set in FIRST mode then the size of paper loaded in Tray 1 is assumed to be the requested size. In this case, the printer will pick from Tray 1 without regard to the requested size unless the print jobs paper size, paper type and tray designations exactly match the configuration of another tray; in that case, the requested tray will be picked.
                                           prtoutputdefaultindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.7
The value of prtOutputIndex corresponding to the default output sub-unit; that is, this object selects the default output destination. This value shall be -1 if there is no default output subunit specified for the printer as a whole. In this case, the actual default output subunit may be specified by means outside the scope of this MIB, such as by each interpreter in a printer with multiple interpreters. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4050 Series (LaserJet 4050) has two output bins in the base product: a face-up bin on the back of the engine and a face-down bin on the top of the engine. These bins are not firmware-selectable; instead, paper is diverted to the face-down bin only if the face-up bin is physically closed. Therefore, these bins are considered together as the standard bin. However, if an HCO is attached to the engine, users will be able to select between an HCO bin and the standard bin, which may be either the face-up or face-down bin, depending upon whether the face-up bin is open. With external output bins attached, the value of this object will be settable from the control panel and by the PJL OUTBIN variable.
                                           prtmarkerdefaultindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.8
The value of prtMarkerIndex corresponding to the default marker sub-unit; that is, this object selects the default marker. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4050 Series only has one marker subunit.
                                           prtmediapathdefaultindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.9
The value of prtMediaPathIndex corresponding to the default media path; that is, the selection of the default media path. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: If the duplex unit is not installed, the only valid value for this object is 1; with duplex unit installed, 1-3 values are valid. 1 is simplex, 2 is LongEdgeBindingDuplex, and 3 is ShortEdgeBindingDuplex. If the printer is not idle, the new value of this object may not take effect until a job boundary is reached. If a get is done on this object before the job boundary is reached, the value last set will be returned.
                                           prtconsolelocalization 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.10
The value of the prtLocalizationIndex corresponding to the language, country, and character set to be used for the console. This localization applies both to the actual display on the console as well as the encoding of these console objects in management operations. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The value of this object is saved in NVRAM. If a localized string is currently being displayed on the control panel by the device, changing this object will cause the displayed string to be changed to its new value. If this object is changed while the printer is processing a page that contains localized strings, the results are undefined.
                                           prtconsolenumberofdisplaylines 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.11
The number of lines on the printers physical display. This value is 0 if there are no lines on the physical display or if there is no physical display Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The printer has two physical lines on the display, however, in many cases up to four seperate lines of text may be displayed by alternating pairs of lines every three seconds. Thus the display really has four logical lines for displaying messages. This object will return the number of logical display lines supported by the printer.
                                           prtconsolenumberofdisplaychars 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.12
The number of characters per line displayed on the physical display. This value is 0 if there are no lines on the physical display or if there is no physical display Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtconsoledisable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.13
If the object prtConsoleDisable has value operatorConsoleDisabled then input is not accepted from the operator console. If the object prtConsoleDisable has the value operatorConsoleEnabled then input is accepted from the operator console. If the object prtConsoleDisable has the value operatorConsoleEnabledLevel1,operatorConsoleEnabledLevel2 or operatorConsoleEnabledLevel3 then limited input is accepted from the operator console; the limitations are product specific, however, the limitations are generally less restrictive for operatorConsoleEnabledLevel1 than for operatorConsoleEnabledLeve2, which is less restrictive than operatorConsoleEnabledLevel3. The value of the prtConsoleDisable object is a type-2 enumeration. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: If the object prtConsoleDisable has value ePoperatorConsoleDisabled then manual input is not accepted from the operator console. If the object prtConsoleDisable has the value ePoperatorConsoleEnabled then manual input is accepted from the operator console. The following menus are locked with these corresponding values: ePoperatorConsoleEnabled (no locking) ePoperatorConsoleEnabledLevel1 (minimal locking) RESETS MENU CONFIGURATION MENU I/O MENU ePoperatorConsoleEnabledLevel2 (moderate locking) PRINT QUALITY MENU PAPER HANDLING MENU menus in level 1 ePoperatorConsoleDisabled (maximum locking) PRINTING MENU INFORMATION MENU Job Cancel menus in levels 1 and 2
                                           prtgeneralstartuppage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.14
Used to enable or disable printing a startup page. If enabled, a startup page will be printed shortly after power-up, when the device is ready. Typical startup pages include test patterns and/or printer configuration information. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtgeneralbannerpage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.15
Used to enable or disable printing banner pages at the beginning of jobs. This is a master switch which applies to all jobs, regardless of interpreter. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtgeneralprintername 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.16
An administrator-specified name for this printer. Depending upon implementation of this printer, the value of this object may or may not be same as the value for the MIB-II SysName object. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The maximum supported string length is 32 characters. Length of 32 was chosen so a phone number could be included with the name. If the user-entered string is too long, the device will store as much as possible and will return the <noError> status. The value of this object is saved over a power cycle.
                                           prtgeneralserialnumber 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.17
A recorded serial number for this device that indexes some type device catalog or inventory. This value is usually set by the device manufacturer but the MIB supports the option of writeability for this object for site-specific administration of device inventory or tracking. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtalertcriticalevents 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.18
A running counter of the number of critical alert events that have been recorded in the alert table. The value of this object is RESET in the event of a power cycle operation (i.e., the value is not persistent. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This object is set to zero every time the printer is turned on.
                                           prtalertallevents 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.1.1.19
A running counter of the total number of alert event entries (critical and non-critical) that have been recorded in the alert table Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This object is set to zero every time the printer is turned on. (It is not persistent through a power-cycle.)
                                   prtStorageRefTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.2
                                       prtStorageRefEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.2.1
                                           prtstoragerefindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.2.1.2
The value of the hrDeviceIndex of the printer device that this storageEntry is associated with. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information (mass storage): Constant. The index value indicates the hrStorageTable index for this storage device. The value indicates the hrDeviceTable index for the printer which uses this storage device. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no storage device is installed.
                                   prtDeviceRefTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.3
                                       prtDeviceRefEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.3.1
                                           prtdevicerefindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.5.3.1.2
The value of the hrDeviceIndex of the printer device that this deviceEntry is associated with. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information (mass storage) : Constant. The index indicates the hrDeviceIndex for this mass storage device. The value indicates the hrDeviceIndex for the printer which uses this mass storage device. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                               prtCover 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.6
                                   prtCoverTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.6.1
                                       prtCoverEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.6.1.1
                                           prtcoverdescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.6.1.1.2
The manufacturer provided cover sub-mechanism name in the localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtcoverstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.6.1.1.3
The status of this cover sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML NOT-READY-DOOR-OPEN.
                               prtLocalization 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.7
                                   prtLocalizationTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.7.1
                                       prtLocalizationEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.7.1.1
                                           prtlocalizationlanguage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.7.1.1.2
A two character language code from ISO 639. Examples en, gb, ca, fr, de. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The languages supported by LaserJet 4050 Series are English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Swedish, Danish, Norwegian, Dutch, Finnish, Portuguese, Turkish, Polish, Japanese, Russian, Czech, and Hungarian.
                                           prtlocalizationcountry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.7.1.1.3
A two character country code from ISO 3166, a blank string (two space characters) shall indicate that the country is not defined. Examples: US, FR, DE, ... Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The languages supported by LaserJet 4050 Series (and corresponding country) are English (US, United States), French (FR, France), German (DE, Germany), Italian (IT, Italy), Spanish (ES, Spain), Swedish (SE, Sweden), Danish (DK, Denmark), Norwegian (NO, Norway), Dutch (NL, Netherlands), Finnish (FI, Finland), Portuguese (PT, Portugal), Turkish (TR, Turkey), Polish (PL, Poland), Japanese (JP, Japan), Russian, (RU, Russia), Czech (CS, Czechoslovakia), Hungarian (HU, Hungary)
                                           prtlocalizationcharacterset 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.7.1.1.4
The coded character set used for this localization. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                               prtInput 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8
                                   prtInputTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2
                                       prtInputEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1
                                           prtinputtype 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.2
The type of technology (discriminated primarily according to feeder mechanism type) employed by the input sub-unit. Note, the Optional Input Class provides for a descriptor field to further qualify the other choice. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Tray 1 is the multi-purpose tray and is always present. It supports both sheets and envelopes. Its type is ePsheetFeedAutoNonRemovableTray. Tray 2 is a removable tray that comes standard with the printer, although it is usually not removed from the printer. It is of type ePsheetFeedAutoRemovableTray. Tray 3 is either a 250-sheet standard tray in the 2x250 base engine configuration or a 500-sheet optional tray in the 1x500 base engine configuration. (The optional tray is only recognized if its installed before the printer is powered on.) It is of type ePsheetFeedAutoRemovableTray. The 4th tray in this array is the envelope feeder. It can be detected even when it is installed while the printer is powered on. Tray 5 is a 500-sheet optional tray that cannot be installed while the printer is powered on. It is of type ePsheetFeedAutoRemovableTray.
                                           prtinputdimunit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.3
The unit of measurement for use calculating and relaying dimensional values for this input sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Following is a table of paper sizes and dimensions for each paper size supported by LaserJet 4000 Series: Size Inches (ten-thousandths) Millimeters --------------- ------------------------ ----------- eUSExecutive 72500 x 105000 184150 x 266700 eUSLetter 85000 x 110000 215900 x 279400 eUSLegal 85000 x 140000 215900 x 355600 eISOandJISA5 58286 x 82677 148000 x 210000 eISOandJISA4 82677 x 116929 210000 x 297000 eJISB5 71654 x 101181 182000 x 257000 eMonarch 38750 x 75000 98425 x 190500 eCommercial10 41250 x 95000 104775 x 241300 eInternationalDL 43307 x 86614 110000 x 220000 eInternationalC5 63780 x 90157 162000 x 229000 eInternationalB5 69291 x 98425 176000 x 250000 eCustom 85000 x 140000 (max) 215900 x 355600 (max)
                                           prtinputmediadimfeeddirdeclared 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.4
This object provides the value of the declared dimension, in the feed direction, of the media that is (or, if empty, was or will be) in this input sub-unit. The feed direction is the direction in which the media is fed on this sub-unit. This dimension is measured in input sub-unit dimensional units (prtInputDimUnit). If this input sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed by management requests. Otherwise, the value may be changed. The value (-1) means other and specifically means that this sub-unit places no restriction on this parameter. The value (-2) indicates unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: For trays 2, 3, and 5 (which can reliably sense this value) these objects behave exactly the same as prtInputMediaDimFeedDirChosen. Attempting to set the objects for tray 2, 3, or 5 will cause <noSuchName> to be returned. The default values assume the trays are configured for letter size paper (or COM10, in the case of the envelope feeder). For tray 1, the value is the dimension for the media size currently declared. For the envelope feeder (tray 4), the value is the dimension for the media size currently declared. Valid values are 0 to 268435455. If a value within 0.2 inches of a standard size (e.g. 85001) is chosen when setting these objects, the standard size will be set for the specified tray if the value of prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirDeclared is also set to within 0.2 inches of the same standard size. If the value is not within 0.2 inches, Custom will be chosen as the size if it is supported by the specified tray, otherwise the first available standard size for the tray will be selected.
                                           prtinputmediadimxfeeddirdeclared 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.5
This object provides the value of the declared dimension, in the cross feed direction, of the media that is (or, if empty, was or will be) in this input sub-unit. The cross feed direction is ninety degrees relative to the feed direction associated with this sub-unit. This dimension is measured in input sub-unit dimensional units (prtInputDimUnit). If this input sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed by management requests. Otherwise, the value may be changed. The value (-1) means other and specifically means that this sub-unit places no restriction on this parameter. The value (-2) indicates unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: For trays 2, 3, and 5 (which can reliably sense this value) these objects behave exactly the same as prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirChosen. Attempting to set these objects for tray 2, 3, and 5 will cause <noSuchName> to be returned. The default values assume the trays are configured for letter size paper (or COM10, in the case of the envelope feeder). For tray 1 the value is the dimension for the media size currently declared. Valid values are 0 to 268435455. If a value within 0.2 inches of a standard size (e.g. 85001) is chosen when setting these objects, the standard size will be set for the specified tray if the value of prtInputMediaDimFeedDirDeclared is also set to within 0.2 inches of the same standard size. If the value is not within 0.2 inches, Custom will be chosen as the size if it is supported by the specified tray, otherwise the first available standard size for the tray will be selected.
                                           prtinputmediadimfeeddirchosen 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.6
The printer will act as if media of the chosen dimension (in the feed direction) is present in this input source. Note that this value will be used even if the input tray is empty. Feed dimension measurements are taken relative to the feed direction associated with that sub-unit and are in input sub-unit dimensional units (MediaUnit). If the printer supports the declared dimension, the granted dimension is the same as the declared dimension. If not, the granted dimension is set to the closest dimension that the printer supports when the declared dimension is set. The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that this sub-unit places no restriction on this parameter. The value (-2) indicates unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The objects for trays 2, 3, and 5 reflect the configuration of the corresponding trays. When the tray is removed, a value of -2 is returned. The default values assume the trays are configured for letter size paper (or COM10, in the case of the envelope feeder). For tray 1 and the envelope feeder, the object returns the value of the media size for which the tray is currently configured because those trays cannot sense what size media they contain.
                                           prtinputmediadimxfeeddirchosen 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.7
The printer will act as if media of the chosen dimension (in the cross feed direction) is present in this input source. Note that this value will be used even if the input tray is empty. The cross feed direction is ninety degrees relative to the feed direction associated with this sub-unit. This dimension is measured in input sub-unit dimensional units (MediaUnit). If the printer supports the declared dimension, the granted dimension is the same as the declared dimension. If not, the granted dimension is set to the closest dimension that the printer supports when the declared dimension is set. The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that this sub-unit places no restriction on this parameter. The value (-2) indicates unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The objects for trays 2, 3, and 5 reflect the configuration of the corresponding trays. When the tray is removed, a value of -2 is returned. The default values assume the trays are configured for letter size paper (or COM10, in the case of the envelope feeder). The objects for tray 1 and the envelope feeder return the value of the media size for which the tray is currently configured because those trays cannot sense what size media they contain.
                                           prtinputcapacityunit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.8
The unit of measurement for use in calculating and relaying capacity values for this input sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: A sheet is a single piece of 20 pound paper. For tray 4, the envelope feeder, a sheet is one envelope
                                           prtinputmaxcapacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.9
The maximum capacity of the input sub-unit in input sub-unit capacity units (PrtCapacityUnitTC). There is no convention associated with the media itself so this value reflects claimed capacity. If this input sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed by management requests; otherwise, the value may be written (by a Remote Control Panel or a Management Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value (-2) means unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML TRAYn-MAXIMUM-CAPACITY. This is specified assuming 20 pound paper for the paper trays.
                                           prtinputcurrentlevel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.10
The current capacity of the input sub-unit in input sub-unit capacity units (PrtCapacityUnitTC). If this input sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed by management requests; otherwise, the value may be written (by a Remote Contol Panel or a Management Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value (-2) means unknown. The value (-3) means that the printer knows that at least one unit remains. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series can only detect empty/not empty for its trays. It returns -3 for not empty and 0 for empty. If a tray is removed, a value of -2 (unknown) will be returned.
                                           prtinputstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.11
The current status of this input sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML STATUS-TRAY-MISSING and STATUS-TRAY-EMPTY. Values returned by the firmware are detailed in the following table. Value Ord Due To Condition indicates that the specified value will be logically ord into the value for this object when the specified Condition occurs. Condition Value Ord Due To Condition ----------------------- ------------------------ Tray Lifter Error 3 Tray not installed or not inserted or not occupied 1 Tray is current source tray and paper is moving 6 Tray involved in paper mount 16 + 32 Value 3 or 1 is Ord in 8 Tray is lifting 64
                                           prtinputmedianame 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.12
A description of the media contained in this input sub-unit; This description is intended for display to a human operator. This description is not processed by the printer. It is used to provide information not expressible in terms of the other media attributes (e.g. prtInputMediaDimFeedDirChosen, prtInputMediaDimXFeedDirChosen, prtInputMediaWeight, prtInputMediaType). An example would be `legal tender bond paper. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML TRAYn-MEDIA-NAME. If set to a string other than one contained by a MEDIAn-NAME object, a status of <badValue> is returned. If set to a string that is unsupported for the specified tray object, a status of <badValue> is returned. After Build5.0 (LaserJet 8100 Series) Cassette trays will not support Transparency nor Label media types. The value of this object is saved across a power cycle.
                                           prtinputname 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.13
The name assigned to this input sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML TRAYn-NAME.
                                           prtinputvendorname 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.14
The vendor name of this input sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtinputmodel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.15
The model name of this input sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series does not specify a model name for Tray1 or Tray2, nor for Tray 3 in the 2x250 tray configuration. However, if Tray 3 is installed in the 1x500 configuration, Optional Cassette C4124A will be returned. Tray 3, 4, and 5 objects do not exist unless those trays are installed.
                                           prtinputversion 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.16
The version of this input sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series does not specify a version number for the input trays.
                                           prtinputserialnumber 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.17
The serial number assigned to this input sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series does not specify a serial number for the input trays.
                                           prtinputdescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.18
A free-form text description of this input sub-unit in the localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtinputsecurity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.19
Indicates if this input sub-unit has some security associated with it. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: No security mechanism provided.
                                           prtinputmedialoadtimeout 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.24
When the printer is not able to print due to a subunit being empty or the requested media must be manually loaded, the printer will wait for the duration (in seconds) specified by this object. Upon expiration of the timeout, the printer will take the action specified by prtInputNextIndex. The event which causes the printer to enter the waiting state is product specific. If the printer is not waiting for manually fed media, it may switch from an empty subunit to a different subunit without waiting for the timeout to expire. A value of (-1) implies other or infinite which translates to wait forever. The action which causes printing to continue is product specific. A value of (-2) implies unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This object simply reflects the value of the JOB-INPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-TIMEOUT object. See the description of that object for additional information.
                                           prtinputnextindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.8.2.1.26
The value of prtInputIndex corresponding to the input subunit which will be used when this input subunit is emptied and the timeout specified by prtInputMediaLoadTimeout expires. A value of zero(0) indicates that auto input switching will not occur when this input subunit is emptied. If the timeout specified by prtInputLoadMediaTimeout expires and this value is zero(0), the job will be aborted. A value of (-1) means other. The value (-2) means unknown and specifically indicates that an implementation specific method will determine the next input subunit to use at the time this subunit is emptied and the timeout expires. The value(-3) means input switching is not supported for this subunit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This object reflects the state of JOB-INPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-MODE and JOB-INPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-TIMEOUT. If JOB-INPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-TIMEOUT is set to -1 or JOB-INPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-MODE is set up to cancel the job, this object will return 0. If JOB-INPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-TIMEOUT is >= 0 and JOB-INPUT-AUTO-CONTINUE-MODE is not set up to cancel the job, this object will return -2, meaning that a product-specific tray switching action will occur.
                               prtOutput 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9
                                   prtOutputTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2
                                       prtOutputEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1
                                           prtoutputtype 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.2
The type of technology supported by this output sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series has two built-in output bins: a face-down bin located at the top of the printer and a face-up bin located at the rear of the printer. However, neither of these bins is firmware-selectable, so both bins are considered together as the standard bin. LaserJet 4000 Series supports HCO devices as well as a stacker/stapler, but these devices are currently T.B.D.
                                           prtoutputcapacityunit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.3
The unit of measurement for use in calculating and relaying capacity values for this output sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: A sheet is a single piece of 20 pound paper.
                                           prtoutputmaxcapacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.4
The maximum capacity of this output sub-unit in output sub-unit capacity units (PrtCapacityUnitTC). There is no convention associated with the media itself so this value essentially reflects claimed capacity. If this output sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed by management requests; otherwise, the value may be written (by a Remote Control Panel or a Management Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value (-2) means unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML OUTBINn-MAXIMUM-CAPACITY. LaserJet 4000 Series cannot sense the amount of paper in its standard output bin; however, the face-up bin can hold 50 sheets of 20lb. paper, and the face-down bin can hold 250 sheets. External output devices are currently T.B.D.
                                           prtoutputremainingcapacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.5
The remaining capacity of the possible output sub-unit capacity in output sub-unit capacity units (PrtCapacityUnitTC) of this output sub-unit. If this output sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be modified by management requests; otherwise, the value may be written (by a Remote Control Panel or a Management Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value (-2) means unknown. The value (-3) means that the printer knows that there remains capacity for at least one unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML NOT-READY-OUTBIN-FULL and STATUS-OUTBIN-FULL. LaserJet 4000 Series is capable of determining when the face-down bin goes full, but not the level of that bin. LaserJet 4000 Series is not capable of determining whether the face-up bin is full. RemainingCapacity capabilities of the stapler/stacker, as well as unplanned HCO devices, are currently T.B.D. LaserJet 4000 Series will report a value of 0 when the face-down bin is full and -3 when the face down bin is not full.
                                           prtoutputstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.6
The current status of this output sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML NOT-READY-OUTBIN-MISSING and STATUS-OUTBIN-MISING. The default values assume all bins are empty. See SubUnitStatus in RFC1759 Printer MIB for details on values reported by this object. LaserJet 4000 Series will not include values Available and Standby (2), Available and Active (4), Unknown (5) or Transitioning to Intended State (64). Values returned by the firmware are detailed in the following table. Value Ord Due To Condition indicates that the specified value will be logically ord into the value for this object when the specified Condition occurs. Condition Value Ord Due To Condition ----------------------- ------------------------ Binder Error 3 Bin full, binder empty, bind limit reached, binder align error, bin attention error, or bin attention warning 1 Bin is current bin and paper is moving 6 Bin is the bin responsible for Bin Full error message being displayed 16 + 32 Value 1 or 3 is Ord in 8
                                           prtoutputname 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.7
The name assigned to this output sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML OUTBINn-NAME. The characters must be in the range 20H to 7FH except 5C cannot be used. When this string is displayed on the control panel the Roman-8 symbol set is used.
                                           prtoutputvendorname 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.8
The vendor name of this output sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtoutputmodel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.9
The name assigned to this output sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series does not support a model number for its built-in output bins. This object may change in the future when external output devices are added.
                                           prtoutputversion 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.10
The version of this output sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Returns device-specific information about the configuration of the output bin. May include information about the type of processing that can be done to media sent to this bin; processing includes but is not limited to binding, punching, folding and sealing. Format of this object is specified by the output device documentation.
                                           prtoutputserialnumber 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.11
The serial number assigned to this output sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series does not support a serial number for output devices.
                                           prtoutputdescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.12
A free-form text description of this output sub-unit in the localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtoutputsecurity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.13
Indicates if this output sub-unit has some security associated with it and if that security is enabled or not. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: No security mechanism provided.
                                           prtoutputdimunit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.14
The unit of measurement for use in calculating and relaying dimensional values for this output sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: See the description for prtInputDimUnit for a table of supported paper sizes and their dimensions for LaserJet 4000 Series.
                                           prtoutputmaxdimfeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.15
The maximum dimensions supported by this output sub-unit for measurements taken parallel relative to the feed direction associated with that sub-unit in output sub-unit dimensional units (MediaUnit). If this output sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed with management protocol operations. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series has two output bins in the base product: a face-up bin on the back of the engine and a face-down bin on the top of the engine. These bins are not firmware-selectable; instead, paper is diverted to the face-down bin only if the face-up bin is physically closed. Therefore, these bins are considered together as the standard bin. The value returned by this object depends on the value of prtOutputDimUnit. It is 140000 if prtOutputDimUnit is ePtenThousandthsOfInches or 355600 if prtOutputDimUnit is ePmicrometers.
                                           prtoutputmaxdimxfeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.16
The maximum dimensions supported by this output sub-unit for measurements taken ninety degrees relative to the feed direction associated with that sub-unit in output sub-unit dimensional units (MediaUnit). If this output sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed with management protocol operations. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series has two output bins in the base product: a face-up bin on the back of the engine and a face-down bin on the top of the engine. These bins are not firmware-selectable; instead, paper is diverted to the face-down bin only if the face-up bin is physically closed. Therefore, these bins are considered together as the standard bin. The value returned by this object depends on the value of prtOutputDimUnit. It is 85000 if prtOutputDimUnit is ePtenThousandthsOfInches and 215900 if prtOutputDimUnit is ePmicrometers.
                                           prtoutputmindimfeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.17
The minimum dimensions supported by this output sub-unit for measurements taken parallel relative to the feed direction associated with that sub-unit in output sub-unit dimensional units (DimUnit). If this output sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed with management protocol operations. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series has two output bins in the base product: a face-up bin on the back of the engine and a face-down bin on the top of the engine. These bins are not firmware-selectable; instead, paper is diverted to the face-down bin only if the face-up bin is physically closed. Therefore, these bins are considered together as the standard bin. The value returned by this object depends on the value of prtOutputDimUnit. It is 50000 if prtOutputDimUnit is ePtenThousandthsOfInches or 127000 if prtOutputDimUnit is ePmicrometers.
                                           prtoutputmindimxfeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.18
The minimum dimensions supported by this output sub-unit for measurements taken ninety degrees relative to the feed direction associated with that sub-unit in output sub-unit dimensional units (DimUnit). If this output sub-unit can reliably sense this value, the value is sensed by the printer and may not be changed with management protocol operations. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4000 Series has two output bins in the base product: a face-up bin on the back of the engine and a face-down bin on the top of the engine. These bins are not firmware-selectable; instead, paper is diverted to the face-down bin only if the face-up bin is physically closed. Therefore, these bins are considered together as the standard bin. The value returned by this object depends on the value of prtOutputDimUnit. It is 30000 if prtOutputDimUnit is ePtenThousandthsOfInches or 76200 if prtOutputDimUnit is ePmicrometers.
                                           prtoutputstackingorder 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.19
The current state of the stacking order for the associated output sub-unit. `FirstToLast means that as pages are output the front of the next page is placed against the back of the previous page. `LasttoFirst means that as pages are output the back of the next page is placed against the front of the previous page. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML OUTBINn-STACK-ORDER.
                                           prtoutputpagedeliveryorientation 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.20
The reading surface that will be `up when pages are delivered to the associated output sub-unit. Values are faceUp and faceDown. (Note: interpretation of these values is in general context-dependent based on locale; presentation of these values to an end-user should be normalized to the expectations of the user). Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtoutputbursting 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.21
This object indicates that the outputting sub-unit supports bursting, and if so, whether the feature is enabled. Bursting is the process by which continuous media is separated into individual sheets, typically by bursting along pre-formed perforations. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtoutputdecollating 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.22
This object indicates that the output supports supports decollating, and if so, whether the feature is enabled. Decollating is the process by which the individual parts within a multi-part form are separated and sorted into separate stacks for each part. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtoutputpagecollated 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.23
This object indicates that the output sub-unit supports page collation, and if so, whether the feature is enabled. See glossary for definition of how this document defines collation. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                           prtoutputoffsetstacking 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.9.2.1.24
This object indicates that the output supports supports offset stacking, and if so, whether the feature is enabled. See glossary for how Offset Stacking is defined by this document. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                               prtMarker 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10
                                     prtMarkerTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2
                                         prtMarkerEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1
                                             prtmarkermarktech 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.2
The type of marking technology used for this marking sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: ePelectrophotographicLaser is the only value that applies for the LaserJet 4050 Series products, and this is the value that will always be returned for this object.
                                             prtmarkercounterunit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.3
The unit that will be used by the printer when reporting counter values for this marking sub-unit. The time units of measure are provided for a device like a strip recorder that does not or cannot track the physical dimensions of the media and does not use characters, lines or sheets. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Since LaserJet 4050 Series keeps track of pages printed, the counter unit will be defined as ePimpressions which would be like saying pages printed.
                                             prtmarkerlifecount 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.4
The count of the number of units of measure counted during the life of printer using units of measure as specified by prtMarkerCounterUnit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML TOTAL-ENGINE-PAGE-COUNT. The total engine page count is kept in NVRAM however the NVRAM value is only updated every 10 impressions. NOTE: The value returned by this OID will be incremented every page but if power is lost between NVRAM updates, up to 9 impressions of the page count may be lost. The counter will be reset to zero after 999999 pages. The page count is incremented when a sheet of media is pulled from an input tray. A duplex printed sheet will cause this counter to be incremented by two.
                                             prtmarkerpoweroncount 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.5
The count of the number of units of measure counted since the equipment was most recently powered on using units of measure as specified by prtMarkerCounterUnit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmarkerprocesscolorants 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.6
The number of process colors supported by this marker. A process color of 1 implies monochrome. The value of this object and prtMarkerSpotColorants cannot both be 0. The value of prtMarkerProcessColorants must be 0 or greater. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmarkerspotcolorants 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.7
The number of spot colors supported by this marker. The value of this object and prtMarkerProcessColorants cannot both be 0. Must be 0 or greater. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmarkeraddressabilityunit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.8
The unit of measure of distances, as applied to the markers resolution. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This will always be ePtenThousandthsOfInches, no matter what COLD-RESET-MEDIA-SIZE is because we are talking about resolution and toner addressability, which is always dpi.
                                             prtmarkeraddressabilityfeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.9
The maximum number of addressable marking positions in the feed direction per 10000 units of measure specified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. A value of (-1) implies other or infinite while a value of (-2) implies unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This object indicates the value of the resolution (dots per inch) setting for the printer. LaserJet 5000 Series and LaserJet 4000 Series support 300, 600 and 1200 dots per inch. LaserJet 8100 Series and LaserJet 8000 Series supports 300 or 600 dots per inch. 600 dots per inch is the default.
                                             prtmarkeraddressabilityxfeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.10
The maximum number of addressable marking positions in the cross feed direction in 10000 units of measure specified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. A value of (-1) implies other or infinite while a value of (-2) implies unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This object indicates the value of the resolution (dots per inch) setting for the printer. LaserJet 5000 Series and LaserJet 4000 Series support 300, 600 and 1200 dots per inch. LaserJet 8100 Series and LaserJet 8000 Series supports 300 or 600 dots per inch. 600 dots per inch is the default.
                                             prtmarkernorthmargin 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.11
The margin, in units identified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit, from the leading edge of the medium as the medium flows through the marking engine with the side to be imaged facing the observer. The leading edge is the North edge and the other edges are defined by the normal compass layout of directions with the compass facing the observer. Printing within the area bounded by all four margins is guaranteed for all interpreters. The value (-2) means unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmarkersouthmargin 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.12
The margin from the South edge (see prtMarkerNorthMargin) of the medium in units identified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. Printing within the area bounded by all four margins is guaranteed for all interpreters. The value (-2) means unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmarkerwestmargin 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.13
The margin from the West edge (see prtMarkerNorthMargin) of the medium in units identified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. Printing within the area bounded by all four margins is guaranteed for all interpreters. The value (-2) means unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmarkereastmargin 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.14
The margin from the East edge (see prtMarkerNorthMargin) of the medium in units identified by prtMarkerAddressabilityUnit. Printing within the area bounded by all four margins is guaranteed for all interpreters. The value (-2) means unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmarkerstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.10.2.1.15
The current status of this marker sub-unit. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML NOT-READY-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE and STATUS-DESTINATION-PRINT-ENGINE. 51 = No toner cart. 49 = Low toner and toner low = stop in config menu 14 = Low toner and toner low = continue in config menu and paper is moving. 08 = Low toner and toner low = continue in config menu and no paper is moving. 00 = OK. The default value assumes no malfunctions.
                               prtMarkerSupplies 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11
                                     prtMarkerSuppliesTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1
                                         prtMarkerSuppliesEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1.1
                                             prtmarkersuppliesmarkerindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1.1.2
The value of prtMarkerIndex corresponding to the marking sub-unit with which this marker supply sub-unit is associated. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4050 Series has just one marker supply, the toner cartridge, so this value is always 1.
                                             prtmarkersuppliescolorantindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1.1.3
The value of prtMarkerColorantIndex corresponding to the colorant with which this marker supply sub-unit is associated. This value shall be 0 if there is no colorant table. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmarkersuppliesclass 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1.1.4
Indicates whether this supply entity represents a supply that is consumed or a receptacle that is filled. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: ePsupplyThatIsConsumed is the only value that applies for the LaserJet 4050 Series products, and this is the value that will always be returned for this object.
                                             prtmarkersuppliestype 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1.1.5
The type of this supply. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: ePtoner is the only value that applies for the LaserJet 4050 Series products, and this is the value that will always be returned for this object.
                                             prtmarkersuppliesdescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1.1.6
The description of this supply container/receptacle in the localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmarkersuppliessupplyunit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1.1.7
Unit of measure of this marker supply container/receptacle. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: ePtenthsOfGrams will always be returned for this object.
                                             prtmarkersuppliesmaxcapacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1.1.8
The maximum capacity of this supply container/receptacle expressed in prtMarkerSuppliesSupplyUnit. If this supply container/receptacle can reliably sense this value, the value is reported by the printer and is read-only; otherwise, the value may be written (by a Remote Control Panel or a Management Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value (-2) means unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4050 Series - LaserJet 4050 Series now has the same toner-mesuring feature as LaserJet 8100 Series which utilizes the GRIN ASICSs ability to detect the number of pixels placed on a page. The default value units are in 10ths of a gram. A 27X toner cartridge holds 460 grams of toner. Note :a 27A cartidge holds 303 g but we are using the 27X value.
                                             prtmarkersupplieslevel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.11.1.1.9
The current level if this supply is a container; the remaining space if this supply is a receptacle. If this supply container/receptacle can reliably sense this value, the value is reported by the printer and is read-only; otherwise, the value may be written (by a Remote Control Panel or a Management Application). The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. The value (-2) means unknown. A value of (-3) means that the printer knows that there is some supply/remaining space, respectively. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4050 Series will have a new toner-measuring feature that utilizes the GRIN ASICs ability to detect the amount of pixels that have been placed on a single page. This Pixel-Counting Gas Gauge should be able to calculate toner levels within 10%. Because textual printing and graphics printing utilize different pixel usage, accuracy for the counting algorithms have been biased toward textual printing. Heavy graphics printing will cause the cartridge to appear to be emptier than it really is. Over time however, statistical averaging values that are kept in NVRAM will help make the gauge more accurate according to individual customer usage models. The new values will vary between 0 and 4600 depending on how much toner has been calculated to have been used.
                               prtMarkerColorant 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.12
                                     prtMarkerColorantTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.12.1
                                         prtMarkerColorantEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.12.1.1
                                             prtmarkercolorantmarkerindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.12.1.1.2
The value of prtMarkerIndex corresponding to the marker sub-unit with which this colorant entry is associated. Additional information: LaserJet 4500 only has one marker. Therefore, the value of these objects is always 1.
                                             prtmarkercolorantrole 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.12.1.1.3
The role played by this colorant. Additional information: All LaserJet 4500 colorants are process colorants.
                                             prtmarkercolorantvalue 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.12.1.1.4
The name of the color of this colorant using standardized string names from ISO 10175 (DPA) and ISO 10180 (SPDL) which are: other unknown white red green blue cyan magenta yellow black Implementors may add additional string values. The naming conventions in ISO 9070 are recommended in order to avoid potential name clashes
                                             prtmarkercoloranttonality 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.12.1.1.5
The distinct levels of tonality realizable by a marking sub-unit when using this colorant. This value does not include the number of levels of tonal difference that an interpreter can obtain by techniques such as half toning. This value must be at least 2. Additional information: LaserJet 4500 supports eight bits per pixel.
                               prtMediaPath 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13
                                     prtMediaPathTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4
                                         prtMediaPathEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1
                                             prtmediapathmaxspeedprintunit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.2
The unit of measure used in specifying the speed of all media paths in the printer. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: ePimpressionsPerHour is the value that will always be returned for this object. (Print Speed is measured in pages-per-minute (impressions per minute), so ePimpressionsPerHour is a natural extension).
                                             prtmediapathmediasizeunit 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.3
The units of measure of media size for use in calculating and relaying dimensional values for all media paths in the printer. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmediapathmaxspeed 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.4
The maximum printing speed of this media path expressed in prtMediaPathMaxSpeedUnits. A value of (-1) implies other. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML PRINT-ENGINE-PERFORMANCE. The page size for this performance is 8.5x11. The duplex speed is based on 6 ppm.
                                             prtmediapathmaxmediafeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.5
The maximum physical media size in the feed direction of this media path expressed in units of measure specified by PrtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. A value of (-1) implies unlimited, a value of (-2) implies unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The value returned by this object depends on the value of prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. It is 140000 if prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit is ePtenThousandthsOfInches or 355600 if prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit is ePmicrometers.
                                             prtmediapathmaxmediaxfeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.6
The maximum physical media size across the feed direction of this media path expressed in units of measure specified by prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. A value of (-2) implies unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The value returned by this object depends on the value of prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. It is 85000 if prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit is ePtenThousandthsOfInches and 215900 if prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit is ePmicrometers.
                                             prtmediapathminmediafeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.7
The minimum physical media size in the feed direction of this media path expressed in units of measure specified by prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. A value of (-2) implies unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The value returned by this object depends on the value of prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. It is 50000 if prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit is ePtenThousandthsOfInches or 127000 if prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit is ePmicrometers.
                                             prtmediapathminmediaxfeeddir 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.8
The minimum physical media size across the feed direction of this media path expressed in units of measure specified by prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. A value of (-2) implies unknown. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The value returned by this object depends on the value of prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit. It is 30000 if prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit is ePtenThousandthsOfInches or 76200 if prtMediaPathMediaSizeUnit is ePmicrometers.
                                             prtmediapathtype 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.9
The type of the media path for this media path. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML DUPLEX-INSTALLED.
                                             prtmediapathdescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.10
The manufacturer-provided description of this media path in the localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtmediapathstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.13.4.1.11
The current status of this media path. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The default values assume the printer is idle.
                               prtChannel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14
                                     prtChannelTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1
                                         prtChannelEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1.1
                                             prtchanneltype 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1.1.2
The type of this print data channel. This object provides the linkage to ChannelType-specific groups that may (conceptually) extend the prtChannelTable with additional details about that channel. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This object, in conjunction with prtChannelProtocolVersion, replaces the PML object PORTn-DESCRIPTION. IIO based channels provide their own values.
                                             prtchannelprotocolversion 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1.1.3
The version of the protocol used on this channel. The format used for version numbering depends on prtChannelType. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This object, in conjunction with prtChannelType, replaces the PML object PORTn-DESCRIPTION. IIO-based channels provide their own values. The channel 1 value includes (separated by semi colons) different aspectsof the spec: electrical: logical; and physical connector.
                                             prtchannelcurrentjobcntllangindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1.1.4
The value of prtInterpreterIndex corresponding to the Control Language Interpreter for this channel. This interpreter defines the syntax used for control functions, such as querying or changing environment variables and identifying job boundaries (e.g. PJL, PostScript, NPAP). Must be 1 or greater. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: This object points to the PJL language. It is read-only because PJL is the printers only job control language.
                                             prtchanneldefaultpagedesclangindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1.1.5
The value of prtInterpreterIndex corresponding to the Page Description Language Interpreter for this channel. This interpreter defines the default Page Description Language interpreter to be used for the print data unless the Control Language is used to select a specific interpreter (e.g., PCL, PostScript Language, auto-sense). Must be 1 or greater. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML DEFAULT-PDL. The default points to the automatic language switcher. If this object is changed for one channel, all channels will be changed.
                                             prtchannelstate 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1.1.6
The state of this print data channel. The value determines whether control information and print data is allowed through this channel or not. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: IIO-based channels provide their own values for this object. The base-printers ports always report a value of ePprintDataAccepted. If the printer is offline, that is detected by reading the Host Resources General Printer Status objects, not by reading this object.
                                             prtchannelifindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1.1.7
The value of ifIndex (in the ifTable; see the interface section of MIB-2/RFC 1213) which corresponds to this channel. When more than one row of the ifTable is relevant, this is the index of the row representing the topmost layer in the interface hierarchy. A value of zero indicates that no interface is associated with this channel. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: IIO-based channels provide their own values for this object.
                                             prtchannelstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1.1.8
The current status of the channel. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: IIO-based channels provide their own values for this object.
                                             prtchannelinformation 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.14.1.1.9
Auxiliary information to allow a printing application to use the channel for data submission to the printer. An application capable of using a specific PrtChannelType should be able to use the combined information from the prtChannelInformation and other channel and interface group objects to bootstrap its use of the channel. prtChannelInformation is not intended to provide a general channel description, nor to provide information that is available once the channel is in use. The encoding and interpretation of the prtChannelInformation object is specific to channel type. The description of each PrtChannelType enum value for which prtChannelInformation is defined specifies the appropriate encoding and interpretation, including interaction with other objects. For channel types that do not specify a prtChannelInformation value, its value shall be null (0 length). When a new PrtChannelType enumeration value is registered, its accompanying description must specify the encoding and interpretation of the prtChannelInformation value for the channel type. prtChannelInformation semantics for an existing PrtChannelType may be added or amended in the same manner as described in section 2.4.1 for type 2 enumeration values. The prtChannelInformation specifies values for a collection of channel attributes, represented as text according to the following rules: 1. The prtChannelInformation is coded in the NVT ASCII character set. It is not affected by localization. 2. The prtChannelInformation is a list of entries representing the attribute values. Each entry consists of the following items, in order: a. a keyword, composed of alphabetic characters (A-Z, a-z), that identifies a channel attribute, b. an Equals Sign (=) to delimit the keyword, c. a data value, consisting of NVT ASCII graphics characters (codes 32-126), d. a Line Feed character (code 10) to delimit the data value. No other characters shall be present. Keywords are case-sensitive. Conventionally, keywords are capitalized (including each word of a multi-word keyword), and, since they occupy space in the prtChannelInformation, they are kept short. 3. If a channel attribute has multiple values, it is represented by multiple entries with the same keyword, each specifying one value. Otherwise, there shall be at most one entry for each attribute. 4. By default, entries may appear in any order. If there are ordering constraints for particular entries, these must be specified in their definitions. 5. The prtChannelInformation value may represent information that is not normally coded in textual form, or that is coded in a character set other than NVT ASCII. In these cases, whatever symbolic representation is conventionally used for the information should be used for encoding the prtChannelInformation. (For instance, a binary port value might be represented as a decimal number, Unicode would be represented in UTF-8 format.) 6. For each PrtChannelType for which prtChannelInformation entries are defined, the descriptive text associated with the PrtChannelType enumeration value shall specify the following information for each entry: Title: Brief description phrase, e.g.: Port name, Service Name, Keyword: The keyword value, eg: Port, Service Syntax: The encoding of the entry value, if it cannot be directly represented by NVT ASCII, Status: Mandatory, Optional, or Conditionally Mandatory, Multiplicity: Single or Multiple, to indicate whether the entry may be present multiple times, Description: Description of the use of the entry, other information required to complete the definition (e.g.: ordering contstraints, interactions between entries). Applications that interpret prtChannelInformation should ignore unrecognized entries, so they are not affected if new entry types are added. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: IIO-based channels provide their own values for this object.
                               prtInterpreter 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15
                                     prtInterpreterTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1
                                         prtInterpreterEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1
                                             prtinterpreterlangfamily 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.2
The family name of a Page Description Language (PDL) or control language which this interpreter in the printer can interpret or emulate. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: ePlangAutomatic refers to the `super-language made available by implicit language switching.
                                             prtinterpreterlanglevel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.3
The level of the language which this interpreter is interpreting or emulating. This might contain a value like 5e for an interpreter which is emulating level 5e of the PCL language. It might contain 2 for an interpreter which is emulating level 2 of the PostScript language. Similarly it might contain 2 for an interpreter which is emulating level 2 of the HPGL language. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML PCL-VERSION.
                                             prtinterpreterlangversion 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.4
The date code or version of the language which this interpreter is interpreting or emulating. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML FW-ROM-DATECODE, PJL-DATECODE, PCL-DATECODE and PS-DATECODE These values are derived from the dateCode field of the personality entities. (ePlangAutomatic uses the PJL dateCode.)
                                             prtinterpreterdescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.5
A string to identify this interpreter in the localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization as opposed to the language which is being interpreted. It is anticipated that this string will allow manufacturers to unambiguously identify their interpreters. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: These values are obtained from the persName fields of the personality entities (except for the hard-coded value of Automatic Language Switching.) These strings are not localized.
                                             prtinterpreterversion 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.6
The date code, version number, or other product specific information tied to this interpreter. This value is associated with the interpreter, rather than with the version of the language which is being interpreted or emulated. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Same as prtInterpreterLangVersion.
                                             prtinterpreterdefaultorientation 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.7
The current orientation default for this interpreter. This value may be overridden for a particular job (e.g., by a command in the input data stream). Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The value of the systems DEFAULT-ORIENTATION is set or retrieved without regard to interpreters. Setting this object for one interpreter will change it for all installed interpreters. The valid values are ePportrait and ePlandscape. Attempting to set the orientation to a different value will cause <badValue> to be returned.
                                             prtinterpreterfeedaddressability 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.8
The maximum interpreter addressability in the feed direction in 10000 prtMarkerAddressabilityUnits (see prtMarkerAddressabilityFeedDir ) for this interpreter. The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtinterpreterxfeedaddressability 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.9
The maximum interpreter addressability in the cross feed direction in 10000 prtMarkerAddressabilityUnits (see prtMarkerAddressabilityXFeedDir) for this interpreter. The value (-1) means other and specifically indicates that the sub-unit places no restrictions on this parameter. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtinterpreterdefaultcharsetin 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.10
The default coded character set for input octets encountered outside a context in which the Page Description Language established the interpretation of the octets. (Input octets are presented to the interpreter through a path defined in the channel group.) This value shall be (2) if there is no default. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The object corresponding to PCL has read-write access; For all other interpreters, the object is read-only. The above list corresponds to the following symbol sets as they appear on the Control Panel: ePcsASCII( 3) - ISO-6 ePcsISOLatin1( 4) - ISO L1 ePcsISOLatin2( 5) - IS L2 ePcsISOLatin5( 12) - ISO L5 ePcsISOLatin6( 13) - ISO L6 ePcsISO4UnitedKingdom( 20) - ISO-4 ePcsISO11SwedishforNames( 21) - ISO-11 ePcsISO15Italian( 22) - ISO-15 ePcsISO17Spanish( 23) - ISO-17 ePcsISO21German( 24) - ISO-21 ePcsISO60DanishNorwegian( 25) - ISO-60 ePcsISO69French( 26) - ISO-69 ePcsUnicodeIBM2039(1004) - PC-1004 ePcsWindows30Latin1( 2000) - WIN 3.0 ePcsWindows31Latin1( 2001) - WIN L1 ePcsWindows31Latin2( 2002) - WIN L2 ePcsWindows31Latin5( 2003) - WIN L5 ePcsHPRoman8( 2004) - ROMAN-8 ePcsAdobeStandardEncoding( 2005) - PS TEXT ePcsPC850Multilingual( 2009) - PC-850 ePcsPCp852( 2010) - PC-852 ePcsPC8CodePage437( 2011) - PC-8 ePcsPC8DNDanishNorwegian( 2012) - PC-8DN ePcsHPPC8Turkish( 2014) - PC-8 TK ePcsHPLegal( 2017) - LEGAL ePcsHPDeskTop( 2021) - DESKTOP ePcsMacintosh(2027) - MC TEXT ePcsPC775Baltic( 2087) - PC-775 ePcsWindows1257Baltic( 2257) - WINBALT
                                             prtinterpreterdefaultcharsetout 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.11
The default character set for data coming from this interpreter through the printers output channel (i.e. the backchannel). This value shall be (2) if there is no default. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtinterpretertwoway 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.15.1.1.12
Indicates whether or not this interpreter returns information back to the host. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                               prtConsoleDisplayBuffer 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.16
                                     prtConsoleDisplayBufferTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.16.5
                                         prtConsoleDisplayBufferEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.16.5.1
                                             prtconsoledisplaybuffertext 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.16.5.1.2
The content of a line in the logical display buffer of the operators console of the printer. When a write operation occurs, normally a critical message, to one of the LineText strings, the agent should make that line displayable if a physical display is present. Writing a zero length string clears the line. It is an implementation-specific matter as to whether the agent allows a line to be overwritten before it has been cleared. Printer generated strings shall be in the localization specified by prtConsoleLocalization. Management Application generated strings should be localized by the Management Application. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: Replaces PML STATUS-MSG-LINE1-PART1 and STATUS-MSG-LINE2-PART1 (read functionality). The proprietary objects BACKGROUND-STATUS-MSG-LINE1-PART1 and BACKGROUND-STATUS-MSG-LINE2-PART1 should be used to write messages to the control panel display. prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.[1..6] maps to logical lines 1-6 of the display. Most of the time the display will show a single one or two line message. This message can be retrieved by reading prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.1 and prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.2. In this case prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.[3..6] will be NULL. If prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.3 or prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.4 is not NULL, the display will be alternating. If prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.[5..6] are NULL, the display will alternate prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.[1..2] with prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.[3..4]. If prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.5 or prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.6 is not NULL, the display will show prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.[1..2] then prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.[3..4] then prtConsoleDisplayBufferText.1.[5..6]. The display will alternate between line pairs at three second intervals.
                               prtConsoleLights 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.17
                                     prtConsoleLightTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.17.6
                                         prtConsoleLightEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.17.6.1
                                             prtconsoleontime 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.17.6.1.2
This object, in conjunction with prtConsoleOffTime, defines the current status of the light. If both prtConsoleOnTime and prtConsoleOffTime are non-zero, the lamp is blinking and the values presented define the on time and off time, respectively, in milliseconds. If prtConsoleOnTime is zero and prtConsoleOffTime is non-zero, the lamp is off. If prtConsoleOffTime is zero and prtConsoleOnTime is non-zero, the lamp is on. If both values are zero the status of the lamp is undefined. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: There are three control panel LEDs: Ready (1), Data (2), and Attention (3). When an LED blinks, it is typically on for one half second and off for one half second. The value used for this object is 500 when the LED is on or blinking, otherwise it is zero.
                                             prtconsoleofftime 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.17.6.1.3
This object, in conjunction with prtConsoleOnTime, defines the current status of the light. If both prtConsoleOnTime and prtConsoleOffTime are non-zero, the lamp is blinking and the values presented define the on time and off time, respectively, in milliseconds. If prtConsoleOnTime is zero and prtConsoleOffTime is non-zero, the lamp is off. If prtConsoleOffTime is zero and prtConsoleOnTime is non-zero, the lamp is on. If both values are zero the status of the lamp is undefined. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: There are three control panel LEDs: Ready (1), Data (2), and Attention (3). When an LED blinks, it is typically on for one half second and off for one half second. The value used for this object is 500 when the LED is off or blinking, otherwise it is zero.
                                             prtconsolecolor 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.17.6.1.4
The color of this light. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtconsoledescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.17.6.1.5
The vendor description or label of this light in the localization specified by prtConsoleLocalization. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                               prtAlert 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18
                                     prtAlertTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1
                                         prtAlertEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1.1
                                             prtalertseveritylevel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1.1.2
The level of severity of this alert table entry. The printer determines the severity level assigned to each entry into the table. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtalerttraininglevel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1.1.3
See textual convention PrtAlertTrainingLevelTC Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details. Additional information: The value of this object depends on the alert. Some examples: ePfieldService: Marker failure. ePtrained: Toner low. ePuntrained: Paper low/out. ePmanagement: Configuration change.
                                             prtalertgroup 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1.1.4
The type of sub-unit within the printer model that this alert is related. Input, output, and markers are examples of printer model groups, i.e., examples of types of sub-units. Wherever possible, these enumerations match the sub-identifier that identifies the relevant table in the printmib. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtalertgroupindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1.1.5
An index of the row within the principle table in the group identified by prtAlertGroup that represents the sub-unit of the printer that caused this alert. The combination of the prtAlertGroup and the prtAlertGroupIndex defines exactly which printer sub-unit caused the alert.; for example, Input #3, Output #2, and Marker #1. Every object in this MIB is indexed with hrDeviceIndex and optionally, another index variable. If this other index variable is present in the table that generated the alert, it will be used as the value for this object. Otherwise, this value shall be -1. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtalertlocation 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1.1.6
The sub-unit location that is defined by the printer manufacturer to further refine the location of this alert within the designated sub-unit. The location is used in conjunction with the Group and GroupIndex values; for example, there is an alert in Input #2 at location number 7. The value (-2) indicates unknown Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtalertcode 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1.1.7
See associated textual convention PrtAlertCodeTC Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtalertdescription 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1.1.8
A description of this alert entry in the localization specified by prtGeneralCurrentLocalization. The description is provided by the printer to further elaborate on the enumerated alert or provide information in the case where the code is classified as `other or `unknown. The printer is required to return a description string but the string may be a null string. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                                             prtalerttime 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.2.18.1.1.9
The value of sysUpTime at the time that this alert was generated. Refer to Standard Printer MIB for more details.
                           hrm 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3
                               hrStorage 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2
                                   hrmemorysize 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.2
The amount of physical main memory contained by the host. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: The unit of measure for this object is 1024 bytes. The default value assumes the base printer with no additional memory.
                                   hrStorageTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.3
                                       hrStorageEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.3.1
                                           hrstorageindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.3.1.1
A unique value for each logical storage area contained by the host. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (mass storage) : Constant. The index is assigned by the person controlling the printer object definition. The value of the hrFileSystemStorageIndex and the index of the prtStorageRefIndex use the value of this objects index. The value of the object matches the value of the objects index. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a get on this OID with no mass storage device installed. This first volume installed will be number 2, followed by the second. IDE will always be 2. If ram disk and flash disk are installed then Flash disk will be 2 followed by ram disk. The Storage types are: IDE (EIO DISK), Flash Disk, Ram Disk
                                           hrstoragetype 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.3.1.2
The type of storage represented by this entry. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (mass storage): Constant. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed. HRMhrStorageFixedDisk is 1.3.6.1.2.1.25.2.1.4
                                           hrstoragedescr 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.3.1.3
A description of the type and instance of the storage described by this entry. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (printer) : This object is not localized. Additional information (mass storage) : This string indicates the location of the installed mass storage device. The supported values are: Flash disk in DIMM slot 1 Flash disk in DIMM slot 2 Flash disk in DIMM slot 3 Disk in EIO 1 Disk in EIO 2 Disk in EIO 3 Static RAM disk using system memory Applications determine the location of the installed mass storage device by getting this object. This string is not localized. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrstorageallocationunits 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.3.1.4
The size, in bytes, of the data objects allocated from this pool. If this entry is monitoring sectors, blocks, buffers, or packets, for example, this number will commonly be greater than one. Otherwise this number will typically be one. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (printer) : Unit is one byte. Additional information (mass storage) : Returns the value 1024 if the file system is not initialized. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrstoragesize 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.3.1.5
The size of the storage represented by this entry, in units of hrStorageAllocationUnits. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (printer): Total formatter RAM. Additional information (mass storage): Applications can determine the size of the installed mass storage device by getting the hrStorageAllocationUnits object and this object. The size of the mass storage device is these two returned values multiplied together. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrstorageused 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.3.1.6
The amount of the storage represented by this entry that is allocated, in units of hrStorageAllocationUnits. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: This object returns the amount of memory in use by the printer at the current time. This object should not be used when creating a print job for the device because the amount of memory in use will likely be different when the printer processes the print job. Additional information (mass storage) : Applications can determine the amount of used space on the installed mass storage device by getting the hrStorageAllocationUnits object and this object. The amount of used space is these two returned values multiplied together. Returns the value 0 if the file system is not initialized. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrstorageallocationfailures 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.2.3.1.7
The number of requests for storage represented by this entry that could not be honored due to not enough storage. It should be noted that as this object has a SYNTAX of Counter, that it does not have a defined initial value. However, it is recommended that this object be initialized to zero. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (printer): This object is set to zero at power on and when any reset is done via prtGeneralReset. This object is incremented whenever the printer is short on memory (codewise: when PersMemoryCycle is called with a parameter of 2). Additional information (mass storage): Total number of writes that failed since power on) due to the mass storage device being full. Returns the value 0 when the file system has not been initialized. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                               hrDevice 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3
                                   hrDeviceTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.2
                                       hrDeviceEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.2.1
                                           hrdeviceindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.2.1.1
A unique value for each device contained by the host. The value for each device must remain constant at least from one re-initialization of the agent to the next re-initialization. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (printer): The entry in the Device Table which describes the printer. Additional information (mass storage): Constant. The index is assigned by the person controlling the printer object definition. All device/mass storage/file system/partition tables in Host Resources MIB and the Printer MIB that relate to the mass storage device use the same index value. The value of the index of the following objects is this objects value: prtDeviceRefIndex hrDiskStorageIndex hrPartitionIndex hrFSIndex The value of the object matches the value of the objects index. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrdevicetype 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.2.1.2
An indication of the type of device. If this value is `hrDeviceProcessor { hrDeviceTypes 3 } then an entry exists in the hrProcessorTable which corresponds to this device. If this value is `hrDeviceNetwork { hrDeviceTypes 4 }, then an entry exists in the hrNetworkTable which corresponds to this device. If this value is `hrDevicePrinter { hrDeviceTypes 5 }, then an entry exists in the hrPrinterTable which corresponds to this device. If this value is `hrDeviceDiskStorage { hrDeviceTypes 6 }, then an entry exists in the hrDiskStorageTable which corresponds to this device. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (mass storage): Constant. Applications should determine if a mass storage device is installed by getting this object. If the response is something other than HRMhrDeviceDiskStorage, the application knows this row in the hrDeviceTable does not refer to a mass storage object. Due to restrictions placed on this object by the Host Resources Disk Table, the value of this object must be HRMhrDeviceDiskStorge. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed. HRMhrDeviceDiskStorage is 1.3.6.1.2.1.25.3.1.6
                                           hrdevicedescr 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.2.1.3
A textual description of this device, including the devices manufacturer and revision, and optionally, its serial number. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (printer) : The serial number is not returned with this object. This object is not localized. Additional information (mass storage) : Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrdeviceid 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.2.1.4
The product ID for this device. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (printer) : The complete OID reported by this object is: .1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.1.2.12 Additional information (mass storage) : Constant. Since we dont know all the possible registered OIDs for each mass storage device model that could be installed in this printer, this object always returns the unknown product ID. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrdevicestatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.2.1.5
The current operational state of the device described by this row of the table. A value unknown(1) indicates that the current state of the device is unknown. running(2) indicates that the device is up and running and that no unusual error conditions are known. The warning(3) state indicates that agent has been informed of an unusual error condition by the operational software (e.g., a disk device driver) but that the device is still operational. An example would be high number of soft errors on a disk. A value of testing(4), indicates that the device is not available for use because it is in the testing state. The state of down(5) is used only when the agent has been informed that the device is not available for any use. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (printer) : The printers condition is mapped as follows (printer): eHrunning -- Printer ready to print or is printing. May be in power save mode. eHwarning -- A condition exists that needs attention but it is not currently preventing printing. A non-critical alert is active. eHdown -- Printer is not printing because it is offline or a critical alert is active. Human interaction is needed to bring the printer to a ready state. Additional information (mass storage) : Returns mass storage device status information. running -- mass storage device functional. May be in power save mode. warning -- The mass storage device failed a self-test but completed the power-on initialization sequence. The mass storage device is readable even when the mass storage device fails the power-up self-test in order to give the customer a chance to retrieve any data that can be made available. testing -- Mass storage device is executing a test. down -- Mass storage device is non-functional. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrdeviceerrors 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.2.1.6
The number of errors detected on this device. It should be noted that as this object has a SYNTAX of Counter, that it does not have a defined initial value. However, it is recommended that this object be initialized to zero. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information (mass storage): Total number of read and write errors that have occurred since the printer was turned on. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed. Returns 0 if the mass storage device is uninitialized.
                                   hrPrinterTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.5
                                       hrPrinterEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.5.1
                                           hrprinterstatus 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.5.1.1
The current status of this printer device. When in the idle(1), printing(2), or warmup(3) state, the corresponding hrDeviceStatus should be running(2) or warning(3). When in the unknown state, the corresponding hrDeviceStatus should be unknown(1). Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: The printers condition is mapped as follows: eHother -- The printer is offline or a critical alert is active. eHidle -- The printer is not doing any of the items listed below for eHprinting status. eHprinting -- A job is currently being processed or printed or a PJL job is being processed. eHwarmup -- If hrDeviceStatus is eHdown, then the printer is currently offline but is resolving the condition that caused it be offline. If hrDeviceStatus is eHrunning, then the printer was in power save mode and is now ready ready to print.
                                           hrprinterdetectederrorstate 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.5.1.2
This object represents any error conditions detected by the printer. The error conditions are encoded as bits in an octet string, with the following definitions: Condition Bit # hrDeviceStatus lowPaper 0 warning(3) noPaper 1 down(5) lowToner 2 warning(3) noToner 3 down(5) doorOpen 4 down(5) jammed 5 down(5) offline 6 down(5) serviceRequested 7 warning(3) If multiple conditions are currently detected and the hrDeviceStatus would not otherwise be unknown(1) or testing(4), the hrDeviceStatus shall correspond to the worst state of those indicated, where down(5) is worse than warning(3) which is worse than running(2). Bits are numbered starting with the most significant bit of the first byte being bit 0, the least significant bit of the first byte being bit 7, the most significant bit of the second byte being bit 8, and so on. A one bit encodes that the condition was detected, while a zero bit encodes that the condition was not detected. This object is useful for alerting an operator to specific warning or error conditions that may occur, especially those requiring human intervention. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: LaserJet 4050 Series reports error conditions as follows: lowPaper -- A tray is empty, but the media to be loaded is not currently needed. hrDeviceStatus = eHwarning; hrPrinterStatus = eHidle or eHprinting; A non-critical alert is active. noPaper -- A tray is empty and must be filled for printing to continue. hrDeviceStatus = eHdown; hrPrinterStatus = eHother; A critical alert is active. lowToner -- Toner is almost gone. The quality of printed pages will begin to deteriorate until the toner is completely gone. hrDeviceStatus = eHwarning; hrPrinterStatus = eHidle or eHprinting; A non-critical alert is active. noToner -- LaserJet 4050 Series printers do not report this condition. coverOpen -- A printer cover or door is open. hrDeviceStatus = eHdown; hrPrinterStatus = eHother; A critical alert is active. jammed -- Paper is jammed and the printer will be unable to continue printing until the jam is cleared. hrDeviceStatus = eHdown; hrPrinterStatus = eHother; A critical alert is active. offline -- Printer is offline and will not accept new print jobs until it is online again. hrDeviceStatus = eHdown; hrPrinterStatus = eHother; A critical alert is active. serviceRequested -- Any status or error condition not listed above. If the condition prevents printing, the offline bit is also set and the hrDeviceStatus and hrPrinterStatus listed for offline above are returned. hrDeviceStatus = eHwarning; hrPrinterStatus = eHidle or eHprinting; A non-critical alert is active.
                                   hrDiskStorageTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.6
                                       hrDiskStorageEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.6.1
                                           hrdiskstorageaccess 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.6.1.1
An indication if this long-term storage device is readable and writable or only readable. This should reflect the media type, any write-protect mechanism, and any device configuration that affects the entire device. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: This object can be set to write protect the mass storage device, even though the host resources MIB documents the object as read-only. Applications wanting to know if the mass storage device is writable should get this object. Applications wanting to change the read/write access of the mass storage device should set this object. If this object is set to write-protect while a file is being written to the mass storage device, the write-protect takes effect immediately and the new file doesnt appear in the file system. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrdiskstoragemedia 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.6.1.2
An indication of the type of media used in this long-term storage device. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. Applications can determine if the installed mass storage device is a disk or is flash by getting this value. Possible Values: EIO DISK returns eHhardDisk Ram Disk returns eHramDisk Flash Disk returns eHother Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrdiskstorageremoveble 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.6.1.3
Denotes whether or not the disk media may be removed from the drive. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrdiskstoragecapacity 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.6.1.4
The total size for this long-term storage device. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: The capacity is in Kbytes. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                   hrPartitionTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.7
                                       hrPartitionEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.7.1
                                           hrpartitionindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.7.1.1
A unique value for each partition on this long- term storage device. The value for each long-term storage device must remain constant at least from one re-initialization of the agent to the next re- initialization. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. The first and second index indicates the hrDeviceIndex for this mass storage device. The value of this object is the same as the second index. The printer only supports one partition per mass storage device. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrpartitionlabel 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.7.1.2
A textual description of this partition. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: The MS-DOS volume label. The volume label is writable. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed. This object is settable and returns the empty string if the mass storage device has not been initialized. NOTE the RamDisk will lose this value after a PowerCycle.
                                           hrpartitionid 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.7.1.3
A descriptor which uniquely represents this partition to the responsible operating system. On some systems, this might take on a binary representation. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. The value returned is the ASCII string version of the hrDeviceIndex for this mass storage device. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrpartitionsize 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.7.1.4
The size of this partition. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: The capacity is in Kbytes. Returns the same value as hrDiskStorageCapacity. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                           hrpartitionfsindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.7.1.5
The index of the file system mounted on this partition. If no file system is mounted on this partition, then this value shall be zero. Note that multiple partitions may point to one file system, denoting that that file system resides on those partitions. Multiple file systems may not reside on one partition. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Indicates if the mass storage device has been initialized. Applications determine if the storage device has been initialized by getting this object. Returns zero if the mass storage device is not initialized, otherwise the value matches the hrDeviceIndex value for this mass storage device. The value indicates the hrFileSystemTable index for the file system stored on this partition. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed.
                                   hrFSTable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8
                                       hrFSEntry 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1
                                           hrfsindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1.1
A unique value for each file system local to this host. The value for each file system must remain constant at least from one re-initialization of the agent to the next re-initialization. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. The index is assigned by the person controlling the printer object definition. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed or if the file system has not been initialized.
                                           hrfsmountpoint 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1.2
The path name of the root of this file system. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed or if the file system has not been initialized.
                                           hrfsremotemountpoint 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1.3
A description of the name and/or address of the server that this file system is mounted from. This may also include parameters such as the mount point on the remote file system. If this is not a remote file system, this string should have a length of zero. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. This printer does not support remote file system mounting. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed or if the file system has not been initialized.
                                           hrfstype 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1.4
The value of this object identifies the type of this file system. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed or if the file system has not been initialized.
                                           hrfsaccess 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1.5
An indication if this file system is logically configured by the operating system to be readable and writable or only readable. This does not represent any local access-control policy, except one that is applied to the file system as a whole. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Returns the same value as hrDiskStorageAccess. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed or if the file system has not been initialized.
                                           hrfsbootable 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1.6
A flag indicating whether this file system is bootable. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed or if the file system has not been initialized.
                                           hrfsstorageindex 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1.7
The index of the hrStorageEntry that represents information about this file system. If there is no such information available, then this value shall be zero. The relevant storage entry will be useful in tracking the percent usage of this file system and diagnosing errors that may occur when it runs out of space. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. The value indicates the hrStorageTable index for this mass storage device. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed or if the file system has not been initialized.
                                           hrfslastfullbackupdate 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1.8
The last date at which this complete file system was copied to another storage device for backup. This information is useful for ensuring that backups are being performed regularly. If this information is not known, then this variable shall have the value corresponding to January 1, year 0000, 00:00:00.0, which is encoded as (hex)00 00 01 01 00 00 00 00. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. The default value is the value defined to represent an unknown time of January 1, year 0000, 00:00:00.0. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed or if the file system has not been initialized.
                                           hrfslastpartialbackupdate 1.3.6.1.4.1.11.2.3.9.4.2.3.3.8.1.9
The last date at which a portion of this file system was copied to another storage device for backup. This information is useful for ensuring that backups are being performed regularly. If this information is not known, then this variable shall have the value corresponding to January 1, year 0000, 00:00:00.0, which is encoded as (hex)00 00 01 01 00 00 00 00. Refer to RFC 1514, Host Resources MIB, for more details. Additional information: Constant. The default value is the value defined to represent an unknown time of January 1, year 0000, 00:00:00.0. Returns <noSuchName> status if attempting to perform a Get on this OID with no mass storage device installed or if the file system has not been initialized.